Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Auto - Parts / Standard Motor Products, Inc. / FY2007 Annual Report

Standard Motor Products, Inc.
Annual Report 2007

SMP · NYSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker SMP
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Auto - Parts
Employees 5600
← All annual reports
FY2007 Annual Report · Standard Motor Products, Inc.
Loading PDF…
THE UK’S LEADING 
REGENERATION SPECIALIST 

S
T
.

M
O
D
W
E
N
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
I
E
S
P
L
C

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
0
7

ST. MODWEN PROPERTIES PLC
HEAD OFFICE & MIDLANDS REGIONAL OFFICE
Sir Stanley Clarke House
7 Ridgeway
Quinton Business Park
Birmingham
B32 1AF

T: 0121 222 9400 F: 0121 222 9401
W: stmodwen.co.uk E: info@stmodwen.co.uk

REGIONAL OFFICES
LONDON & SOUTH EAST
16 Berkeley Street
London
W1J 8DZ

T: 020 7499 5666

SOUTH WEST
King’s Western Lane
Avonmouth
Bristol
BS11 8AZ

T: 0117 316 7780

YORKSHIRE
Ground Floor, Unit 2
Landmark Court
Elland Road
Leeds
LS11 8JT

T: 0113 272 7070

NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE
Island Reach
Festival Way
Stoke-on-Trent
ST1 5SW

T: 01782 281844

NORTH WEST
Chepstow House
Trident Business Park
Daten Avenue
Risley
Warrington
WA3 6BX

T: 01925 825950

NORTHERN HOME COUNTIES
First Floor, Unit E1
The Courtyard
Alban Park
Hatfi eld Road
St Albans
Hertfordshire
AL4 0LA

T: 01727 732690

14704 

04/02/08 

Proof 6

14704 

04/02/08 

Proof 6

ST. MODWEN PROPERTIES PLC 
ANNUAL REPORT 2007 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
�  LITTLECOMBE VILLAGE, DURSLEY 

THE COMPANY’S FIRST TRUE URBAN VILLAGE 
DEVELOPMENT. IN PARTNERSHIP WITH SWERDA, 
MORE THAN HALF THE SITE HAS BEEN REMEDIATED, 
WITH THE FIRST PHASE OF INFRASTRUCTURE AND 
EMPLOYMENT SPACE UNDER CONSTRUCTION. THE 
RIVER CAM HAS BEEN OPENED UP, AND RESIDENTIAL 
DEVELOPMENT WILL COMMENCE IN 2008 

TRENTHAM
 ONE OF CHARLES BARRY’S ITALIANATE 
PAVILIONS AND HIS BALUSTRADE, FAITHFULLY 
RESTORED AS PART OF THE TRENTHAM
GARDENS PROJECT

�

14704 

11/02/08 

Proof 8

14704 

11/02/08 

Proof 8

FOUR SPECIALIST AREAS:
 

Town centre regeneration 

Partnering industry 

Brownfield land renewal 

Heritage restoration 

BUSINESS REVIEW 

6 Chairman’s statement  8 St.Modwen at a glance  10 The hopper strategy 
13 Operational review  20 Financial review  26 Case studies 

CSR REVIEW 

36 Corporate social responsibility  46 Board members and senior management 
48 Corporate governance report  55 Directors’ remuneration report 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 

64 Group and company accounts  109 Five year record 
110 Notice of Annual General Meeting  114 Glossary of terms  116 Shareholder information 

The report of the directors comprises the business review and CSR review sections of the 
annual report and has been drawn up and presented in accordance with English Company Law. 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
2 

�  LONGBRIDGE 

DEMOLITION IN PROGRESS. 
OVER 2M SQ FT OF REDUNDANT 
FACTORY SPACE HAS BEEN 
DEMOLISHED WITH OVER 90% OF 
THE DEMOLITION PRODUCTS SENT 
FOR RECYCLING OR REUSED ON 
SITE (A PARTNERSHIP PROJECT 
WITH AWM) 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
 

3 

+3%	 

100.1 

96.9 

PROFIT BEFORE TAX (£ million)	 

82.9 

64.3 

47.5 

+20% 

387 

323 

268 

NET ASSETS PER SHARE (p) 

400
 

350
 

300
 

250
 

200
 

150
 

100


220 

176 

2003 

2004	 

2005 

2006 

2007 

2003 

2004 

2005 

2006 

2007

+15%	 

11.7 

10.2 

8.8 

DIVIDEND PER SHARE (p)	 

7.6 

6.6 

2003 

2004 

2005 

2006 

2007 

EARNINGS PER SHARE (p) 

+19% 

80 

70 

60 

50 

40 

30 

20 

10 

73.3 

61.6 

55.4 

41.5 

31.2 

2003 

2004 

2005 

2006 

2007 

100
 

80
 

60
 

40
 

20
 

12 

10 

8 

6 

4 

2 

•  Profi t before tax increased by 3% to £100.1m (2006: £96.9m). 

•  Earnings per share up 19% to 73.3p (2006: 61.6p). 

•  Net assets per share increased by 20% to 387p (2006: 323p). 

•	  Proposed final dividend of 7.8p per share (2006: 6.8p) increasing total
 

dividends for the year by 15% to 11.7p (2006: 10.2p).
 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

BUSINESS REVIEW 
THE UNDERLYING PURPOSE OF ALL ST. MODWEN’S ACTIVITY 
IS TO ADD VALUE TO THE PROPERTIES IT CONTROLS 
6  Chairman’s statement 
8 
St. Modwen at a glance 
10  The hopper strategy 
13  Operational review 
20  Financial review 
26  Case studies 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
6 

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT
 

RESULTS 
I am pleased to report on a 15th successive year 
of record results. The success in achieving a 
significant increase in realised property profits and 
valuation uplifts arising from asset management 
and planning activities more than compensated 
for the valuation reductions arising from the 
correction in investment property yields which we 
suffered in the second half. 

Net assets per share increased by 20% to 387p 
(2006: 323p). Profit before tax increased by 3% to 
£100.1m (2006: £96.9m). Earnings per share grew 
by 19% to 73.3p (2006: 61.6p). 

Our key performance measurement of return on 
equity (now calculated after tax) was 21.9% (2006: 
21.3%). 

DIVIDEND 
Your board is recommending a final dividend of 
7.8p (2006: 6.8p) per ordinary share, making a total 
distribution for the year of 11.7p (2006: 10.2p), an 
increase of 15%. This final dividend will be paid on 
4th April 2008 to shareholders on the register on 
14th March 2008. 

WE ARE NOW REGARDED
 
AS THE UK’S LEADING 
REGENERATION SPECIALIST. 

STRATEGY 
Your company’s strategy, being essentially 
long-term, is not altered because of the current 
weakness in the investment market, although its 
short-term implementation is obviously affected 
by market considerations. 

This market weakness in fact serves to highlight 
the differentiation of your company from many of 
its peers which I referred to in last year’s report. 
Growth through realised profits and revaluations 
based on actually adding value has always been 
at the heart of our strategy and should stand us in 
good stead in this more difficult climate. Also our 
exposure to a broad range of market sectors and 
geographic areas through seven regional offices 
gives us the ability to take advantage of whatever 
opportunities there are. 

We are now regarded as the UK’s leading 
regeneration specialist which is evidenced by our 
selection by BP as the developer of the Coed Darcy 
site and by West Lancashire District Council and 
English Partnerships as their preferred partner for 
the redevelopment of Skelmersdale town centre. 

In both these cases, our skills as a master 
developer which have been honed over the 
past two decades on schemes such as Hilton, 
Derbyshire (joint venture with MOD); Trentham 
Lakes, Stoke-on-Trent (joint venture with Stoke­
on-Trent City Council); Longbridge, Birmingham; 
and Llanwern, Newport proved attractive to the 
selecting organisations. With the acknowledged 
need for major regeneration initiatives, the 
recognition of our skills in this important area 
should help to underwrite your company’s future 
prosperity. 

Two key elements of the strategy are the continued 
acquisition of well-located opportunities to top 
up the hopper and their marshalling through the 
planning and development process to ultimate 
delivery. In both areas, this year has seen 
continued success as is set out in the business 
review. 

Availability of finance is a critical success factor 
for a property business. We have always operated 
a policy of reviewing our funding requirements on 
a regular basis and currently have all our facilities 
secured through to 2011 with a realistic degree of 
headroom and at competitive margins. 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BUSINESS REVIEW 7
 

PROSPECTS 
There will undoubtedly be some further 
deterioration in the market value of investment 
properties, particularly in the first half of 2008, 
and we cannot be immune from the effects of that. 
However, we are planning that overall the year 
will see growth in the company’s net asset value, 
albeit at a lower level than in the recent past, and 
we would expect to maintain our recent pattern of 
dividend growth. The company has a well-founded 
development and marshalling programme and 
we are achieving a regular flow of occupational 
transactions. 

Our ambition remains to double net asset value 
per share on a 5-year basis, but in the short term 
growing at that rate is clearly unrealistic whilst 
today’s market conditions prevail, and we will not 
be tempted to try to force the pace of growth faster 
than prudent market judgements will allow. 

Our confidence in the longer term is undiminished. 
We are continuing, therefore, to invest in people, 
regional offices and acquisitions for the hopper so 
that we will be in good shape when the 
market stabilises. 

Anthony Glossop 
Chairman 
8th February 2008 

SUSTAINABILITY 
We remain committed to managing our affairs 
with the highest standards of integrity and to 
ensuring that communities and the environment 
are respected in our developments. In the CSR 
review, we set out how we go about achieving 
these commitments. 

DIRECTORS AND EMPLOYEES 
Achieving the results for the year in the current 
climate is a tribute to the quality and strength 
of the team at all levels in the organisation. My 
thanks go to everyone for the efforts they have put 
in to bring about another successful year. 

We have been recruiting extensively to cope with 
the challenges of growth and the sheer scale of 
the hopper and I have been delighted with the 
quality of our new colleagues. At the same time, 
it has been a real pleasure to see how so many 
of our existing team have risen to the challenge 
and developed their own skills to take more 
responsibility within the organisation. 

By way of example, Rupert Wood, who has been 
with us less than two years, has been promoted 
to head the new Northern Home Counties region 
and Rupert Joseland and Stephen Prosser, who 
formed the new South West and Yorkshire offices 
three years ago, have been promoted to regional 
director. 

The increased strength in depth in the company 
enables my own role to continue to evolve. I am 
now becoming non-executive. I will continue to 
give support to Bill Oliver and the executive in 
maintaining the company’s standing in the market 
as well as undertaking the normal role of a non-
executive chairman. 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8 

ST. MODWEN AT A GLANCE 
THE COMPANY FOCUSES ON FOUR AREAS:
 

TOWN CENTRE REGENERATION 
Many centres that were developed during the 
1960s and 1970s now require substantial 
refurbishment and updating to meet the 
demands of the contemporary shopper, to 
accommodate new trends in town centre living, 
and to bring back into these centres community 
and business uses. St. Modwen has substantial 
experience in revitalising town centres, and is 
currently engaged on a number of such 
schemes, including major projects at Edmonton 
Green, Farnborough, Skelmersdale and 
Wembley. 

PARTNERING INDUSTRY 
Restructuring of traditional industries has left 
numerous former employment complexes 
potentially available for redevelopment. 
St. Modwen has established joint ventures with 
companies such as Alstom, Corus, Goodyear, 
BP and Ford to undertake the redevelopment of 
such sites, often through innovative sale and 
leaseback arrangements which provide the 
required flexibility for the landowner. 

BROWNFIELD LAND RENEWAL 
St. Modwen is the UK’s leading expert in the 
large-scale renewal of brownfield land. The 
company has huge experience in the 
remediation, remodelling, infrastructuring and 
redevelopment of such sites, having reclaimed 
hundreds of acres of brownfield land for both 
residential and commercial use. There is 
currently well over 1,000 acres of land in the 
hopper in the process of such development, 
including the massive Llanwern (former 
steelworks) and Avonmouth (former zinc 
smelter) sites. 

HERITAGE RESTORATION 
The company has applied similar skills to a 
number of heritage, leisure-related projects. In 
these projects, an enabling commercial 
development finances an otherwise non-viable 
heritage restoration  scheme. Two such 
schemes currently being undertaken are: the 
£100m transformation of Trentham Gardens at 
Stoke-on-Trent into a major leisure and 
commercial visitor attraction; and a similar 
project at Dudley in the West Midlands, which 
will incorporate the existing zoo and medieval 
castle into a new visitor attraction. 

EDMONTON GREEN 

GOODYEAR 

AVONMOUTH 

TRENTHAM GARDENS 

NORTH WEST 
01 

NEWTON-LE-WILLOWS 
Vulcan Works 
GLASGOW 
Pegasus Business Park 
Springburn 
PRESTON 
Channel Way 
BLACKBURN 
Medipark 
SKELMERSDALE 
Town Centre 

02 

08 

09 

10 

11 

ECCLES 
Lankro Way 

12  WIGAN 

Enterprise Park

13  MANCHESTER 

14 

Wythenshawe 
Trafford Park 
LIVERPOOL 
East Lancs Road 
Great Homer Street 

15  WIDNES 

Economic Development Zone 
Town Centre 

NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE 
16 

STOKE-ON-TRENT 
Festival Park 
Trentham Gardens 
Trentham Lakes 

17 

STONE 
Meaford Power Station 

MIDLANDS

18 

19 

20 

DERBY 
Hilton Depot 
STAFFORD 
Lichfield Road 
St. Leonard’s 
BURTON-UPON-TRENT 
Barton Business Park 

24 

25 

26 
27 

21  WOLVERHAMPTON 
Goodyear 
TELFORD 
Brockton Business Park 
Queensway Business Park  29 

22 

23  WALSALL 

St. Matthew’s Quarter 

30 

DUDLEY 
Castle Hill 
BIRMINGHAM 
Washwood Heath 
Quinton Business Park 
LONGBRIDGE 
RUGBY 
Mill Road 
Newbold Road 

28  WORCESTER 

Shrub Hill Industrial Estate 
STRATFORD-UPON-AVON 
Long Marston 
COVENTRY 
Whitley 

SOUTHWEST 
GLOUCESTER 
31 
Quedgeley Industrial 
Estates 
NEWPORT, GWENT 
Llanwern 
DURSLEY, GLOS 
Littlecombe Village 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

AVONMOUTH, BRISTOL 
Access 18 
TAUNTON 
Trading Estate 
NEATH 
Coed Darcy 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BUSINESS REVIEW 9
 

YORKSHIRE 

03 

04 

05 

DARLINGTON 
Whessoe Road 
GUISELEY 
Netherfield Road 
HULL 
Melton Park 

06 

07 

DONCASTER 
Worcester Avenue 
LINCOLN 
Rushton Works 

NORTHERN HOME COUNTIES 

37 

38 

CRANFIELD 
Technology Park 
BEDFORD 
Thurleigh Airfield 
Town Centre 

39 

40 

MILTON KEYNES 
Stratford Road 
HATFIELD 
Town Centre 

02 

LONDON AND SOUTH EAST 

41  MILL HILL 

42 

43 

44 

45 

Inglis Barracks 
STANMORE 
RAF Bentley Priory 
UXBRIDGE 
RAF Uxbridge 
THURROCK 
South Ockendon 
LONDON 
Catford 
Edmonton Green 
Elephant & Castle 
Hounslow 
Leegate Centre 
Newham 
Wembley Central 

46 

47 

48 

49 

50 

51 

52 

53 

54 

WOKING 
The Planets 
BASINGSTOKE 
The Malls 
FARNBOROUGH 
Town Centre 
SURREY 
Henley Industrial Estate 
YALDING 
Syngenta 
BOGNOR REGIS 
Town Centre 
EASTLEIGH 
Campbell Road 
POOLE 
Discovery Court 
WALTHAMSTOW 

03 

09 
01 
13 

11

12 

08 

10 

14 

15 

04 

LEEDS 

05 

WARRINGTON 

06 

07 

STOKE-ON-TRENT 

16 
17 

20 
21 24 

25 

22 

18 

19 

23 

26 

28 

33 
31 

34 

BRISTOL 

32 

36 

BIRMINGHAM 
30 

27 

29 

39 

37 

38 

40 

53 

47 

43 
45 
41 
42 

40 

49 

35 

53 

48 

52 

51 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

ST. ALBANS 
54 

LONDON 
44 
50 

46 

REGIONAL OFFICES 

Zone

rial Estate

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10 

THE HOPPER STRATEGY
 

THE HOPPER
 

NEW PROJECTS
 

1 

THE HOPPER 
The company strategy 
is based on a hopper 
of future development 
opportunities, acquired 
in their raw state. 
It currently comprises over 
5,000 developable acres 
and 18 town centre 
schemes. One of our 
targets is to replace 120% 
of land used every year to 
ensure the long-term 
continuation of the 
company’s growth strategy. 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
BUSINESS REVIEW 11
 

THE COMPANY’S AMBITION IS TO DOUBLE ITS NET ASSET 
VALUE PER SHARE EVERY FIVE YEARS, THROUGH A MIXTURE 
OF REALISED PROFITS AND REVALUATION SURPLUSES. BY 
MARSHALLING AN EXTENSIVE HOPPER OF DEVELOPMENT 
OPPORTUNITIES, BY DELIVERING BUILT-OUT SCHEMES 
ACROSS ALL SECTORS OF THE PROPERTY MARKET, AND BY 
REGULARLY RECYCLING CAPITAL INTO THE ACQUISITION OF 
NEW OPPORTUNITIES, THE COMPANY HAS CONSISTENTLY 
EXCEEDED THIS TARGET OVER THE LAST 15 YEARS. 

MARSHALLING

2 

MARSHALLING 
The company’s own team, supplemented with 
skilled external professionals, has a proven track 
record in marshalling a wide range of projects 
through the complex and lengthy planning and 
development processes. It has particular expertise 
in site assembly, assessing and managing 
remediation risks, masterplanning and 
undertaking public consultation. 

DELIVERY

3 

DELIVERY 
Schemes once marshalled are built-out in 
response to market conditions, with a mixture 
of pre-let and speculative buildings forming the 
company’s substantial annual construction 
programme. Where the use requires a specialist 
developer such as a housebuilder, land may be 
sold under tight development control principles. 
Assets are disposed of once no further signifi cant 
value can be added, and the capital is then 
recycled into new schemes, enabling the entire 
process to begin again. 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12 

�  WEMBLEY CENTRAL, WEMBLEY 

THE FIRST PHASE OF THIS PROJECT PROVIDES 85 
APARTMENTS FOR GENESIS HOUSING ASSOCIATION 
WITH A COMBINATION OF NEW BUILD AND 
REFURBISHED OFFICE SPACE. THE SECOND PHASE 
PROVIDING PRIVATE APARTMENTS AND RETAIL AND 
LEISURE SPACE WILL BE CONSTRUCTED IN 2008 (A 
PARTNERSHIP PROJECT WITH ROTCH) 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

13 

�

STEVE BURKE – 
CONSTRUCTION  DIRECTOR 

BILL OLIVER – 
CHIEF EXECUTIVE 

TIM HAYWOOD – 
FINANCE DIRECTOR 

OPERATIONAL REVIEW
 

OUR MARKET 
We are the country’s leading regeneration 
specialist, operating within all sectors of the UK 
property market. 

The property investment market peaked in 
the first half of 2007, since when prices for 
investment properties have fallen. There is limited 
transactional evidence to support the various 
projections being discussed in the market. The 
consensus, if there is one, is that prices will fall 
during 2008 by 10–15%, caused by a yield shift 
of up to 1/2% on average. What is ignored is the 
base from which the fall is taking place. Prudent 
appraisals and valuations, which we believe have 
always been our hallmark, are obviously less 
vulnerable than aspirational ones. 

The owner of a property without asset 
management or development opportunities 
appears to be at the mercy of the market. 
However, our portfolio was created on the 
principle that we should not hold any property to 
which we could not add significant value by our 
own efforts. That puts us in a significantly better 
position than many of our peers. 

The occupational market remains variable, as 
it has been for a considerable time, but it still 
offers good opportunities for an active developer, 
particularly one who has exposure to a broad 
range of sectors and geographic areas. The retail 
market is undoubtedly tougher, but the level 
of interest in our major mixed use town centre 
schemes remains encouraging. The business 
park market has remained difficult, but we have 
continued to do well in the small office unit 
market. The industrial market remains solid, 
with a number of large bespoke requirements 
supplementing a steady stream of owner-occupier 
demand for smaller units. 

Residential land is an important market for us. 
There is undoubtedly a more cautious approach 
to this market, but we continue to see good levels 
of interest for our product of remediated, fully 
serviced land with all necessary consents in place. 

Our long-term strategy mitigates the effect of a 
difficult market on St. Modwen. Apart from the 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

prudent approach to appraisals, the emphasis on 
adding value, and the diversity of our exposure to 
both different property sectors and geographic 
areas, we also benefit from: 

� 

� 

� 

The size and diversity of the hopper, providing 
the range of opportunity to enable us to align 
our development activities to market needs and 
prevailing conditions 

A  strong balance sheet with confirmed 
banking facilities for all our commitments with 
significant headroom for further activity 

A  strong and experienced management, 

development and construction team
 

COMPETITIVE AND REGULATORY 
ENVIRONMENT 
The UK property market is normally extremely 
competitive. Natural barriers to entry are 
generally low. Finance is usually readily available 
(although the recent credit crunch is likely to 
see a flight to quality by lenders) and advantages 
of scale, although they do exist, are limited. It 
is rare, therefore, for the company not to be in 
serious competition whether it is seeking to make 
an acquisition, to achieve selection as preferred 
developer, or to secure an occupier. 

By contrast, the regulatory environment is 
restrictive and becoming increasingly more so. 
Numerous attempts to simplify and speed up 
the planning process have not worked and the 
cost and timescale involved in obtaining planning 
permission continue to escalate with every new 
initiative, guidance and regulation. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14 OPERATIONAL REVIEW 

�

However, to a considerable extent, the above 
regulatory challenges create an environment 
in which a developer such as St. Modwen with 
appropriate skills and determination, a strong 
balance sheet and a willingness to take the long-
term view, can continue to succeed. 

the area such as at Bedford, Cranfield, Hatfield, and Thurleigh, and to seek 
out new opportunities. 

The key to our strategy remains the continuing acquisition of well-located 
opportunities to top up the hopper. 

The hopper is a bank of development opportunities. It is: 

BUSINESS MODEL AND STRATEGY 
The underlying purpose of all St. Modwen’s 
activity is to add value to the properties it controls. 
The aim is that no property should be acquired or 
retained unless it is believed that significant value 
can be added to that property by the company’s 
own efforts – asset management, refurbishment 
or redevelopment – over a five to fifteen year 
horizon. 

In a declining market, such as the one we are 
currently facing, the challenge is even greater. We 
seek to meet this challenge by a strategy which 
emphasises value creation, cost control and local 
market knowledge. Through a network of regional 
offices, supported by a strong central construction 
management team, we create a broadly based 
programme of activity, pulling out of the hopper 
the projects for which there is a current market 
opportunity. In December 2007 we were pleased 
to announce the expansion of this network to 
seven offices by the creation of a Northern Home 
Counties region to service our existing schemes in 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

Long term – We seldom source properties for short-term realisation. The 
normal development horizon is five years or more. 

Broadly based – St. Modwen is not a sectoral specialist. We can 
successfully deliver a wide range of outputs and, therefore, adjust the mix 
of our development programme to match market conditions. 

Geographically spread – Operating through its regional offices, St. Modwen 
combines the strength of a local developer with the power of a national 
company. 

Focused upon regeneration – St. Modwen goes where it is needed, rather 
than where it is fashionable, undertaking town centre regeneration, 
partnering industry in its restructuring, brownfi eld land renewal, and 
heritage restoration. 

Acquired in its rawest state – Most added value and more flexibility can 
be achieved if a developer tackles property and risk from the outset of the 
regeneration process. 

The hopper comprises more than 5,000 acres of developable land, excluding 
Coed Darcy, a 1,000 acre site for which we were selected as the preferred 
developer in 2007. The purchase of this site is forecast to complete in 2008. 

This business model requires hands-on management, a skilled committed 
team and a flexible medium-term programme of marshalling projects from 
the hopper through to the shorter-term development programme. The 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
�

VULCAN WORKS, NEWTON-LE-WILLOWS 
ANOTHER MAJOR DEMOLITION PROJECT WITH 600,000 SQ FT 
DEMOLISHED TO DATE AND INITIAL INFRASTRUCTURE DUE TO 
COMMENCE TO OPEN UP 40 ACRES OF RESIDENTIAL LAND 
(A PARTNERSHIP PROJECT WITH KPI) 

consistency of future performance depends on the 
successful interaction of these elements. 

Another important aspect of our business model 
is long-term partnerships with the public sector 
and other major landowners, having more such 
arrangements than any other comparable company. 

All development and property management 
activity is undertaken by the regional offices, 
supported and supplemented by a strong central 
team, providing construction, planning, financial, 
and commercial expertise. 

OPERATIONAL REVIEW 15
 

FINANCIAL OBJECTIVES AND KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS 
The company has a financial model with an ambition to double net 
asset value per share every five years. This has been achieved for over a 
decade, and still remains the company’s key long-term target. It should be 
emphasised that this is a five-year target and does not assume a straight-
line progression of 15% per annum compound. In volatile periods, such as 
the present, annual progression will undershoot the average, but this will 
hopefully be balanced by outperformance in more favourable years. 

Our key performance indicator for return on equity has been amended 
to incorporate the effect of tax, and as such a post-tax return of 17.5% 
(equivalent to the previous pre-tax target of 25%) is now targeted. 

EMPLOYEES 
One of the major challenges for the company is 
to recruit and retain a team capable of handling 
the range and complexity of projects which we 
undertake. Many of our key staff have been with 
us for a number years, but that core needs regular 
replenishment with recruits of as good, if not 
better, quality. 

Year 

2007 
2006 
2005 
2004 
2003 
Cumulative  
Target 

Net assets 
per share 
Growth1 

20.0% 
20.3% 
22.0% 
25.2% 
15.4% 
154% 
100% 

Return on 
Equity2 

21.9% 
21.3% 
22.9% 
21.3% 
19.1% 
Average   21.3% 
17.5% 

One of the prerequisites of staff retention is the 
provision of career development opportunities. 
Our growing size now enables (and, indeed, 
requires) us to put in place more structured 
career paths than previously. This is evidenced by 
the promotions in the year to Regional Director 
of Rupert Joseland and Stephen Prosser, and of 
Rupert Wood to Regional Manager in our new 
Northern Home Counties office. 

We now have sufficient critical mass to embark 
on a more structured people development 
programme, and have recruited a people 
development manager to initiate such a 
programme in early 2008. This will help us grow 
talented people who will be the drivers of the 
company’s future expansion. We encourage 
employees to improve their skills by obtaining 
additional relevant qualifications, and support 
them by appropriate paid time-off for study and by 
payment for courses and course materials. 

We have also strengthened the central services 
team to support the growth of the regional teams, 
with the recruitment in the year of a company 
secretary, financial controller, internal auditor, 
and a further regional financial controller. 
This has enabled the regions to expand their 
operational activities, whilst a strong central 
framework of procedures and control is 
maintained. 

1 Net asset figures prior to 30th November 2004 are restated on an IFRS basis, but do not reflect the 
reclassification of certain work in progress assets and their subsequent revaluation. 
2 Return on equity = profit after tax as a percentage of average equity. 

The company’s other key performance indicator is to replace opportunities 
used in the year by new acquisitions at a rate of 120%. In the past year this 
KPI was not achieved; land used amounted to 224 acres and developable 
land acquired totalled 211 acres. However, siginificant progress was made on 
negotiations on the Coed Darcy opportunity which, on completion, would add 
a further 420 developable acres. 

DEVELOPMENT AND PERFORMANCE OF THE BUSINESS 
THE HOPPER – ASSEMBLY AND ACQUISITION 
2007 was another active year with 28 acquisitions, including 12 new sites and 
16 for land assembly exercises at our mixed use town centre projects. 

Our total expenditure on acquisitions (including 100% of joint ventures) 
during the year was £56m. As a result, the hopper (including 100% of joint 
ventures) now stands at 7,621 acres, of which 5,045 is developable. 349 of 
these developable acres have an intended future retail/leisure use; 2,358 
acres for employment; 1,165 acres for residential; and 1,173 acres for as yet 
unspecified uses. 

Significant acquisitions during the period included: 

� 

� 

Whitley – The acquisition of 53 acres of surplus land near Coventry, from 
Jaguar and the City Council opens the way for the creation of a high-class 
business park, for which outline planning consent already exists. 

Eccles – A 36-acre chemical works in Salford, Manchester. The site was 
purchased from Akcros Chemicals Ltd which has taken two occupational 
leases of 30 years and 6 years. It adjoins Eccles town centre, and has 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16 OPERATIONAL REVIEW
 

VULCAN
MAGNA SIT AMET JUS
TO ULTRICES DIGNISSIM. 
VIVAMUS FRINGILLA LACUS 
A QUAM. PHASELLUS 
INTERDUM MALESUADA 
NIBH. INTEGER ELEMENTUM 
DUI EGET LIBERO. 

medium-term opportunities for mixed use 
development. 

� 

� 

Worcester – 20 acres, strategically located 
between M5 Junctions 6 and 7. The City of 
Worcester Local Plan identifies the land as 
being a potential relocation site for Worcester 
City Football Club, with whom a development 
agreement has been exchanged. 

Widnes – The acquisition of 14 acres from 
Croda and the adjoining 20 acre council site, 
has assembled a major employment site in 
Widnes Waterfront. 

Many of the assets in our hopper are, not acquired 
outright, with control being obtained through 
development agreements. This trend continued 
during 2007 with our selection as preferred 
developer for a number of important projects, 
including: 

� 

� 

Medway – The company has been chosen 
as Medway Council’s preferred ‘investment 
partner’ to deliver long-term investment to 
transform Medway into the new city of the 
Thames Gateway. 

Walthamstow – Selected by Waltham Forest 
Council for the Arcade site in respect of which 
a development agreement has now been 
exchanged. 

MARSHALLING 
We have continued to make good progress in marshalling projects for future 
delivery, as evidenced by the quantity and quality of planning permissions 
obtained in the year, as detailed in the table below. 

PLANNING PERMISSIONS OBTAINED IN THE YEAR 

Residential 
Retail 
Commercial 
Office 

No. 

18 
14 
29 
10 

Sq Ft 

1,087,000
 
5,587,000
 
933,000
 

Units 

7,806
 

In particular, we obtained planning consent on the following major schemes: 

� 

� 

� 

� 

Llanwern – Outline planning consent was obtained for this major mixed 
use development which is described in greater detail in the case study 
section. 

Rugby – Planning consent has been obtained for the mixed use 
redevelopment by Key Property Investments (“KPI”, our joint venture with 
Salhia Real Estate KSC) of 100 acres of the former GEC industrial estates 
in Rugby, including a new campus for Warwickshire College, 100,000 sq ft 
of employment accommodation and 770 dwellings. 

Great Homer Street, Liverpool – Outline planning consent was obtained for 
this major mixed use development which is described in greater detail in 
the case study section. 

Vulcan Works, Newton-le-Willows – Part of the KPI Alstom portfolio 
and also a joint venture with Ashtenne Ltd on our combined sites. 
The successful outcome of the calling in inquiry resulted in planning 
permission for 630 homes on the overall 64 acre site. Work on the initial 
infrastructure has begun. 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OPERATIONAL REVIEW 17
 

�  LONGBRIDGE INNOVATION CENTRE 

THE FIRST OUTPUT FROM LONGBRIDGE’S REGENERATION — A 45,000 SQ FT INNOVATION CENTRE NOW OVER 50% OCCUPIED 
(DEVELOPED IN CONJUNCTION WITH AWM) 

Elsewhere we continue to move forward the 
planning position on major sites: 

  Yalding – A planning application has been 

�

submitted for the mixed use redevelopment of 
this former Syngenta site, comprising 315,000 
sq ft of employment space and 350 residential 
units. 

� 

Longbridge – A preferred option has been 
identified from the consultation process on 
the Area Action Plan. This crystallises the 
shape of the site’s future development for an 
employment-led mixed use scheme, and should 
be adopted by late 2008. 

Significant achievements on our major town 
centre projects include: 

  Wythenshawe – The latest phase of the £130m 

�

regeneration of the town centre has been 
launched with the opening of a new £20m Asda 
food store. Planning applications have been 
submitted for a further 55,000 sq ft of retail, 
leisure and office development. 

� 

Farnborough – The £80m redevelopment of the town centre, including 
a 50,000 sq ft foodstore pre-sold to Sainsbury’s, began in May and the 
current phases should be completed in 2008/2009. 

Our substantial construction programme continues to deliver new schemes 
for future years: 

� 

� 

� 

Longbridge Technology Park – The 45,000 sq ft Innovation Centre has been 
completed and is being let to a range of technology-based businesses, with 
more than 50% now occupied. 

Edmonton Green – The leisure centre at the heart of this £100m mixed use 
scheme is now open. The residential units have been handed over to our 
Housing Association partners, four months ahead of programme. Work 
on the next phase, the construction of a 66,000 sq ft ASDA foodstore and 
additional retail units, is well underway. 

Quedgeley, Gloucestershire – 30,445 sq ft of the second phase of 
distribution/industrial units now under construction has been pre-let, 
while a further 91,000 sq ft will be available by the spring. 

It is in the nature of our business that occasional setbacks are encountered, 
and not all of the progress in this period has therefore been positive. 
However, the diversity and range of the hopper is a key strength of the 
company, meaning that no individual project is critical to our overall success. 
Two such events that arose during this period were: 

  Hatfield – The £100m mixed use regeneration 

�

scheme was further advanced by the exchange 
of a key agreement with the Royal Mail, and the 
grant of the CPO. 

� 

  Basingstoke – An 87,000 sq ft anchor store has 

�

been sold on a long lease to Primark. 

 Matthew’s Quarter, Walsall – We were saddened that the listed 

St
Shannon’s Mill building, which was to form the centrepiece of our £40m 
retail and residential regeneration scheme, was lost to an arson attack 
in August. Although this event will delay and may alter the ultimate 
development, we were fully insured and expect to suffer no financial loss. 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18 OPERATIONAL REVIEW
 

�

� 

Elephant & Castle – We were disappointed not 
to be selected by Southwark Borough Council 
for its proposed £2bn redevelopment. However, 
as we are the owners of a key part of the site, 
we will work with the selected developers 
and Southwark to maximise the value of our 
holdings. All bid costs had been written off as 
they were incurred. 

DELIVERY 
The year saw more than 100 transactions 
completed. 

Residential land sales from our brownfield 
land renewal programme have again figured 
prominently in the year with disposals at: 

� 

� 

� 

RAF Eastcote – The first disposal from the 
MoDEL portfolio, a 19 acre residential land sale 
to Taylor Wimpey for £60m. 

RAF West Ruislip – Also from the MoDEL 
portfolio, a 21 acre residential land sale 
to Cala Homes for £81m, after obtaining 
planning consent for 415 homes and an 80 unit 
retirement home. 

Guiseley – 7 acres of residential land, acquired 
as part of the Invensys portfolio in 2002, sold 
to Bellway for £12m after obtaining planning 
consent and site remediation. 

� 

Boughton Road, Rugby – 10 acres of residential land, part of a former 
factory site acquired by KPI from Marconi in 2002. The site was sold to 
Taylor Wimpey for £15m, following the granting of outline planning consent 
for 270 homes. 

Development and lettings in the industrial/distribution sector have also been 
significant. During the year we completed 1,100,000 sq ft of new buildings 
and 450,000 sq ft of refurbishments, including: 

� 

� 

� 

� 

Trafford Park, Manchester – A pre-let of a 430,000 sq ft distribution centre 
to adidas for its UK headquarters forward sold by KPI to NFU Mutual for 
£33m. The building was completed in November. 

Barton Business Park, Burton upon Trent – A 150,000 sq ft distribution 
unit sold by Barton Business Park Limited (a joint venture with Prologis) to 
Close Brothers for £9.5m. 

Trentham Lakes and Centre 500 – Construction and sale of a number of 
speculatively built employment buildings totalling 140,000 sq ft. 

Longbridge – Sale of a 21,000 sq ft existing unit at Cofton Centre, and 
commencement of construction of two speculative units totalling 75,000 
sq ft, an early phase of the wider Longbridge regeneration programme. 

In order to fund this construction and remediation programme, it has been 
a consistent policy of the company to recycle its capital resources by selling 
completed developments and any assets where it is no longer possible for 
us to add further significant value. To this end, we disposed of Junction 7 
Business Park, Accrington to GE Capital for £25m. This 50 acre managed 
estate, acquired by KPI in 2001 as part of the Marconi portfolio, had been 
successfully asset managed and 4 acres have been retained for new 
speculative development. 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
�

CRANFIELD TECHNOLOGY PARK 
A PARTNERSHIP WITH CRANFIELD UNIVERSITY. THE LATEST 
PHASE OF CONSTRUCTION PROVIDES THIS HIGH QUALITY 
39,000 SQ FT MULTI OCCUPATION OFFICE FACILITY FOR FIRMS 
GROWING OUT OF THE INNOVATION CENTRE 

OPERATIONAL REVIEW 19
 

We have also ended our 18-year association with 
horse racing with the sale of Northern Racing 
PLC. The amount realised for the group’s 27.2% 
shareholding was £17.7m, an uplift of £6.7m on our 
carrying value – a very successful conclusion to the 
earliest of our property related operating activities. 

Our construction team, at the end of the year, 
were on site with 50 schemes including 5 major 
town centre regeneration projects; ground 
remediation works at Llanwern, Longbridge, 
Goodyear, Etruria Valley and Goodyear; and the 
provision of 1,700,000 sq ft of employment space. 

This extensive construction activity will form 
the backbone of our development programme 
for 2008 and will ensure that we have available 
product in all sectors and all regions. This will be 
initiated in stages depending on the success of 
previous phases, levels of interest, and market 
requirements. 

We continue to devote considerable resources to improving both the value 
and income of the property we own through a variety of asset management 
activities. During the year ended 30th November 2007, our in-house team 
undertook: 

� 

� 

� 

86  lease renewals, securing rent roll of £1.5m; 

144 rent reviews, achieving an uplift in rents of £0.7m (12%); and 

310 new lettings, producing additional rent roll of £7.8m. 

which more than offset the 305 vacations (rent roll £7.4m). 

At Trentham, despite very poor summer weather, the gardens attracted 
150,000 visitors (2006: 133,000) and, with a total of 2.2m visitors to the site 
(2006: 2.1m), and the completion of the second phase of the retail scheme, a 
trading profit before interest of £0.9m (2006: £0.3m) was achieved. Extensive 
works continued on this heritage restoration scheme, with the completion of 
the 120-bedroom hotel that has been pre-let to Golden Tulip (subsequently 
acquired by Whitbread). 

[For further details of projects referred to in this business review, and other 
projects, see our website www.stmodwen.co.uk] 

TULIP HOTEL, TRENTHAM GARDENS 
A 120 BEDROOM HOTEL FOR WHITBREAD, RECENTLY 
COMPLETED AS PART OF THE COMPANY’S £100M 
TRENTHAM GARDENS PROJECT (IN PARTNERSHIP WITH 
MR WILLI REITZ) 

�

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20 

FINANCIAL REVIEW
 

PROFIT BEFORE TAX 
The principal factors behind the increase in profit before tax in the year are 
shown in the table below: 

PROFIT BEFORE TAX 

PROFIT BEFORE TAX

Year ended 30th November 2006 

Year ended 30th November 2006 
Net rental income rose 

Property profits increased by 

Valuation gains increased by 

We disposed of our interest in Northern Racing 

Net rental income rose  
Property profi ts increased by 
We disposed of our interest in Northern Racing 
Valuation gains were lower 
Administrative expenses rose 
Administrative expenses rose  
Finance charges increased by 
Other items 
Year ended 30th November 2007 

Finance charges† increased by 

Other items 
Year ended 30th November 2007 

Amortisation of deferred consideration increased by 

1.8
3.4
6.7
(2.7)
(0.8)
(4.2)
(1.0)

£m* 

£m*

96.9 
96.9

1.7 

3.2 

6.7 

7.2 

(0.8) 

(8.1) 

(6.1) 

(0.6) 

100.1

100.1 

* The variances identified above include the company’s share of joint venture 
activities. 

† Excluding amortisation of deferred consideration. 

Throughout this financial review certain numbers are quoted which include 
the group’s share of joint ventures as detailed in note 9. 

NET RENTAL INCOME 
Net rental income for the year, including our share of rent from joint ventures, 
increased by 5% to £34.9m (2006: £33.2m). The impact of disposals and 
acquisitions on net rental income in the year was an increase in net rent of 
£0.5m. Additionally, we have a number of longer-term multi-phase projects, 
where new lettable space is not sold on a piecemeal basis, but retained 
until the completion of the wider development (examples include Trentham 
Gardens, Edmonton Green and Longbridge Innovation Centre). The retention 
of these assets has resulted in an increase in net rental income of £0.5m. 

At 30th November 2007, the gross rent roll, including our share of rent 
from joint ventures, had increased to £41.2m (2006: £35.3m). This increase 
reflects both the development of new space referred to previously, and also a 
number of notable successes from our asset management activities. 

Consequently, during the year under review, our overall voids fell to 15.2% 
(2006: 18.5%), which is consistent with our development strategy for the 
portfolio. The recent Government announcement of the imposition of 
business rates on vacant properties represents an unnecessary additional 
fi nancial burden to businesses like ours, and a potential annual cost in 
excess of £3m. We have a programme established to mitigate this cost, 
aimed at reducing our level of void properties. 

PROPERTY PROFITS 
Property profits, including our share of joint 
ventures, increased by 22% to £54.5m (2006: 
£44.6m). More than 100 individual property 
disposals were completed in the period, of which 
11 contributed profits over £1m. Included in these 
numbers is a gain of £6.7m from the disposal in 
the year of our shareholding in Northern Racing 
PLC. 

VALUATION GAINS 
All of our investment properties (including land) 
are valued every six months by King Sturge and 
Co. at market value. 

The valuation of our investment properties 
reflects both market movements and the 
value added by the company’s activities. The 
latter includes the achievement of marshalling 
milestones in the planning process (including 
allocations in local plans, obtaining planning 
permissions, and resolution of Section 106 
agreements). The calculation of this added value 
incorporates the present value of future cash 
flows, based on existing land prices and the 
current best estimate of costs (incorporating 
appropriate contingencies) to be incurred, but also 
deducting an allowance for a developer’s profit to 
be realised at the point of development. 

As has been widely documented, 2007 saw the 
end of a long period of yield compression for 
investment property. In the first half of the year, 
yields were flat and the second half saw the 
beginning of a reversal (yield expansion). The 
properties within our portfolio are not immune to 
such market movements, and the results for the 
year include a yield expansion on average (all in 
the second half) of 0.25%, resulting in valuation 
decreases of £24.1m. Additionally, the discount 
factor used to calculate future cash flows included 
in the year end valuations was increased from 6% 
to 7% to reflect the increased cost of borrowing: 
the impact of this change was a further reduction 
in the valuation of £8.1m. 

Notwithstanding these significant adverse 
movements, we nevertheless achieved net 
valuation gains in the second half of £14.2m and in 
the full year of £62.8m (2006: £55.6m) (including 
our share of joint ventures). These were obtained 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 21
 

through achieving marshalling milestones (such as those at Llanwern, 
Rugby, Goodyear, Stoke and Newton-le-Willows described previously), and 
the value added by our redevelopment and asset management activities (at 
Longbridge, Edmonton and Trentham Gardens amongst others). 

VALUATION GAINS (£m) 

Marshalling milestones 

Total 

62.3 

Asset management and development  32.7 

Market yield movement 

Discount rate movement 

Total 

(24.1) 

(8.1) 

62.8 

1st Half 

2nd Half 

40.8 

7.8 

— 

— 

48.6 

21.5 

24.9 

(24.1) 

(8.1) 

14.2 

ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES 
Administrative expenses (including our share of joint ventures) have 
increased during the year by £0.8m to £16.5m, due to the continuing 
programme of recruitment and the regional expansion needed to match our 
increased activity. Offsetting these additional costs was a substantial (£3.1m) 
fall in the cost of employee share options following a period where the share 
price has fallen significantly (in line with the quoted real estate sector as 
a whole). 

During the year we recruited extensively to 
strengthen our development, finance and 
construction teams. We now have 131 employees 
in our seven regional offices and head office, with 
a further 59 undertaking site management and 98 
in our operating ventures. 

JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES 
Our share of the post-tax results of joint ventures 
and associates is shown on the income statement 
as one net figure. A full analysis of the underlying 
details is disclosed in note 9. The principal joint 
venture in which the group is involved is Key 
Property Investments Limited from which our 
post-tax return was £11.1m (2006: £9.3m). Our 
27.2% interest in the post-tax results of our 
associate, Northern Racing PLC, is also included 
under this heading in the comparative figures for 
2006. 

ST MATTHEW’S QUARTER, WALSALL 
WORK ON THE ROOF DECK OF THE 1,000 SPACE MULTI­
STOREY CAR PARK. PART OF THE FIRST PHASE WHICH 
INCLUDED AN ASDA AND 41 APARTMENTS FOR A HOUSING 
ASSOCIATION (A PARTNERSHIP WITH GOOLD ESTATES) 

�

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22 FINANCIAL REVIEW
 

�

FINANCE COSTS AND INCOME 
Net finance charges (including our share of joint ventures) have increased to 
£35.3m (2006: £21.1m). 

During the year average group borrowings increased by £113m to £348m, 
and average LIBOR (upon which our borrowing costs are based) increased 
by 114 basis points. The impact of these changes was in part offset by a 
combination of successful hedging and renegotiation of facilities. As a result, 
underlying group bank interest costs increased by £3.9m and the hedged 
average rate of interest payable as at 30th November 2007 increased to 6.5% 
(2006: 6.0%). 

The revaluation of our interest rate swap contracts to market value at year 
end resulted in a charge to the Income Statement of £0.7m (2006: £2.0m 
credit), recognising the decreasing value of such contracts in the prevailing 
climate of falling interest rates. 

Net finance charges also includes a full year’s charge of £9.9m (2006: 
£3.8m for four months) for the amortisation of the discounted deferred 
consideration payable to the MOD in respect of Project MoDEL. 

During 2007 the group has continued to expense all interest as it has arisen, 
and has not capitalised any interest on its developments or its investments. 

TAXATION 
The effective rate of tax for the year, including our share of joint ventures, 
and with full provision for deferred taxation, has fallen to 8.9% (2006: 23.8%). 

This rate is substantially lower than the 30% 
standard rate of UK Corporation Tax due primarily 
to the benefits of approved tax planning activities 
and the impact of Budget changes (mainly re-
basing the deferred tax provision to 28%, and the 
release of previous provisions for the clawback of 
balancing allowances). 

TAX RATE 

Standard rate 
Approved tax planning activities 
Rebasing of deferred tax provisions 
Release of clawback provisions 
Other 

Total 

% 

30.0 
(9.7) 
(6.0) 
(4.2) 
(1.2) 

8.9 

It is anticipated that, with the continued utilisation 
of indexation and land remediation allowances 
and the benefit in future years of approved tax 
planning activities, the effective rate of tax will 
revert to a higher level than 2007, but will still 
remain below the standard rate of UK 
Corporation Tax. 

Benefit from tax planning activities is only 
recognised when the outcome is reasonably 
certain. 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
�

EDMONTON GREEN 
THE COMPLETED APARTMENTS, CONSTRUCTED FOR A 
CONSORTIUM OF REGISTERED SOCIAL LANDLORDS, 
TOGETHER WITH THE NEW PRIMARY CARE TRUST FACILITY 
AND LEISURE CENTRE 

FINANCIAL REVIEW 23
 

CASH FLOW AND FINANCING 
The company continues to produce a strong 
cash flow, based on recurring net rental income 
of £35m (including our share of joint ventures) 
and an ongoing programme of asset disposals, 
which generated £136m in the year. This, together 
with new bank facilities put in place during the 
year, enabled us to meet our administrative 
expenses, dividends and interest, and to invest in 
a £168m development programme and in property 
acquisitions and capital expenditure of £107m. 

In the uncertain times following the recent 
credit crunch, it is clear that availability of 
fi nance will be a critical success factor for many 
property businesses. Our finance strategy has 
for many years been to maintain an appropriate 
gearing level to ensure that a good operational 
performance is converted into excellent 
shareholder returns. To this end, we target a 
preferred gearing range of 75% to 125%. Despite 
an extensive programme of investment during the 
year, our current gearing level of 86% remains 
well within the target range. 

Interest cover has fallen from 7.9 times in 2006 
to 6.6 times. Excluding revaluation gains (a more 
realistic measure of the company’s ability to 
service its debt), adjusted interest cover is still 3.2 
times (2006: 4.4 times). This underlines our ability 
to continue to invest in a development programme 
appropriate for market conditions. 

We also have in place a financial structure that 
is both cost-effective and flexible. The group is 
fi nanced by shareholders’ funds and bank debt 
of varying maturity profiles, which is appropriate 
to the needs of the group and reflects the type of 
assets in which it invests. The majority of the bank 
debt is provided through bilateral revolving credit 
facilities, providing us with the flexibility to draw 
and repay loans, and sell and acquire assets as 
opportunities arise. 

During the year we undertook a substantial refinancing programme, 
including; the refinancing of our principal joint venture, Key Property 
Investments, via a five year £200m facility (with Bank of Scotland, HBOS and 
Bank of Ireland); a £45m extension to our existing HBOS facility; a new £50m 
facility with Lloyds TSB; and a £46m development facility with Fortis Bank for 
our Sowcrest joint venture’s activities at Wembley. 

As a result of this, the group’s banking facilities have increased to £569m 
(30th November 2006: £458m), with a weighted average maturity of 5 years 
(2006: 5 years). Current net debt is £402m (2006: £253m), giving us a gearing 
of 86% (2006: 65%). Including joint ventures, total banking facilities are 
£815m (2006: £659m), net debt is £580m (2006: £439m) and gearing 105% 
(2006: 88%). 

We now have undrawn, but committed, facilities of £167m (2006: £205m) 
available to finance future expansion (of which £40m is ring-fenced for 
Project MoDEL expenditure within VSM). Moreover, the terms of these 
facilities have also been improved, with a weighted average margin of 81 
basis points (2006: 100 b.p.) over LIBOR. Terms have also been agreed for 
a further £135m of new facilities which will be put in place early in 2008 to 
enable the company to action its projected development programme and to 
capitalise on the expected buying opportunities presented by current market 
conditions. 

It is reassuring in the current uncertain credit environment that all of our 
existing facilities are in place until 2011/12, and are with banks with whom 
we have long-standing relationships. The interest cost of 68% of our debt is 
fixed by hedging contracts (2006: 62%). The weighted average fixed interest 
payable under these hedges is 5.0%, which compared very favourably to 
three month LIBOR of 6.6% as at 30th November 2007. 

Our strategy is to hedge two-thirds of all borrowings, with the maturity of 
both hedges and facilities being aligned with individual schemes where 
applicable, or over a maximum of 5 years for revolving facilities. 

Financial Statistics 

Net borrowings 
Gearing 
Gearing, including share of JV debt 
Average debt maturity 
% debt hedged 
Interest cover, excluding valuation gains 
Undrawn committed facilities 
Return on equity 

2007 

£402m 
86% 
105% 
5 years 
68% 
3.2 
£167m 
21.9% 

2006 

£253m 
65% 
88% 
5 years 
62% 
4.4 
£205m 
21.3% 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
�

�

24 FINANCIAL REVIEW
 

BALANCE SHEET 
NET ASSETS 
At the year end, net asset value per share was 387p, an increase of 64p 
(20%). In common with other property companies, we also use the diluted 
EPRA NAV measure of net assets which analysts also use in comparing the 
relative performance of such companies. The adjustments required to arrive 
at our adjusted net assets measure are shown in the table below. 

Adjusted net assets per share were 430p at 30th November 2007, an increase 
of 70p (19%) in the year. 

NET ASSETS 

Net assets, beginning 
of year 

Profit after tax 
Dividends paid 
Other 
Net assets, end of year 

Deferred tax on 
capital allowances 
Deferred tax on 
revaluation surpluses 
Mark to market of 
interest rate swaps 
Diluted EPRA NAV 

– total 
– per share 

2007 
£m

389.8 
93.7 
(13.5) 
(2.3) 
467.7 

2.8 

48.4 

0.7 

519.6 
430p 

2006 
£m

324.0 
75.9 
(11.5) 
1.4 
389.8 

7.3 

39.2 

(2.0) 

434.3 
360p 

INVESTMENT PROPERTIES 
The total value of investment properties under 
our control, including 100% of joint ventures, 
increased by £98m during the year to £1,134m. 

The independent valuation at 30th November 
2007 resulted in an uplift in the value of our 
portfolio including our share of joint ventures of 
6.8% (£62.8m), compared with the previous year 
end. Our properties are currently valued at the 
following weighted average yields: 

Retail 
Industrial 
Office  

Equivalent yield 
6.7% 
8.0% 
7.6% 

INVENTORIES 
Inventories have increased in the year from £66m 
to £209m reflecting the extensive development 
programme (including £60m relating to Project 
MoDEL). Assets held in inventories principally 
comprise development projects that are on site 
and under construction and have not been pre-
sold, and other assets that are held for resale at 
the period end. 

Assets held in inventories are not included in the 
annual valuation. 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
�

QUINTON BUSINESS PARK, BIRMINGHAM 
AN AERIAL VIEW SHOWING THE FIRST THREE PHASES OF THE 
DEVELOPMENT OF THE PARK, INCLUDING THE COMPANY’S 
HEAD OFFICE 

FINANCIAL REVIEW 25
 

INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES 
Our 27.2% stake in Northern Racing PLC, an 
AIM-listed company, was sold during the year, 
generating a profit of £6.7m. 

THE FUTURE 
The company’s hopper (details of which are set 
out above) is an underlying strength which should 
provide a stream of future profitability. 

The key issues determining the company’s future 
performance are: 

� 

� 

� 

Whether we can continue to acquire sufficient 
opportunities to top up and expand the hopper 

How we marshal projects through land 
assembly, planning and construction to create 
annual development programmes 

Whether the occupational market across the 
various sectors will be sufficiently strong to 
support those programmes 

� 

Whether there is a reasonable investment/owner-occupier market to 
purchase the output from those programmes 

We have strategies in place to address each of these issues: 

� 

� 

� 

� 

The experienced teams within our network of regional offices and the long-
term relationships that they build give us a good prospect of identifying 
and securing the right opportunities 

Regular detailed reviews of all live projects mean that issues associated 
with marshalling schemes can be identified and addressed in a timely 
manner 

By  operating across a wide range of property sectors, we spread the risk of 
an occupational downturn in any particular sector 

Our headroom in existing facilities gives us some scope, if necessary, to 
hold income-generating properties until the market conditions are right 
for sale 

The future prospects for the company are good, and the net asset value should 
continue to improve, even in today’s market conditions. 

W.A. Oliver Chief Executive 
T.P. Haywood Finance Director 
8th February 2008 

WHITLEY, COVENTRY 
53 ACRES OF SURPLUS LAND ACQUIRED FROM JAGUAR AND 
COVENTRY CITY COUNCIL, WITH CONSENT FOR DEVELOPMENT 
AS A BUSINESS PARK 

�

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26 CASE STUDIES
 

0% WATERMARK.01

NLY USE ON BACKGROUND 282c, 2995c, 3035c,

OL GREY 10, COOL GREY 7, COOL GREY 4 & WHITE

�  LLANWERN 

A 600 ACRE MIXED USE DEVELOPMENT, FOR WHICH 
PLANNING PERMISSION HAS BEEN OBTAINED. 
INFRASTRUCTURE WORK TOGETHER WITH THE FIRST 
RESIDENTIAL PHASES WILL COMMENCE IN 2008 

100%
ONLY USE
COOL GRE

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MARSHALLING THROUGH PLANNING
 
LLANWERN
 

CASE STUDIES 27
 

BACKGROUND 
We acquired the 600 acre site, formerly part 
of the Corus steelworks, in 2004 for £17.5m. 
It comprised the offices, coal and iron ore 
stockyards, blast furnace and steelmaking plant 
of the Llanwern works. Corus undertook to 
demolish the historic structures down to slab 
level. We assumed total responsibility for historic 
environmental liabilities. 

This project exemplifies three of our core 
areas of expertise, namely the winning of 
appropriate planning consents, the remediation 
of contaminated brownfield land, and the 
masterplanning and delivery of major mixed use 
schemes. It is also illustrative of the long-term 
nature of much of our hopper, with redevelopment 
of the site from acquisition expected to take 20 
years to complete. 

MARSHALLING 
During 2007, after an extensive programme of 
public consultation, we obtained outline planning 
consent for a £1bn sustainable, mixed use 
development, comprising a new urban village 
of 4,000 homes with full supporting community 

facilities and 1.5m sq ft of employment space. 

�

LLANWERN 
EARLY REMEDIATION 
WORKS TAKING PLACE 
ON THE SITE 

BROWNFIELD REMEDIATION 
We have assessed the areas requiring remediation 
against our masterplan, and have already started 
to excavate foundations, break up slabs and re-
engineer the ground formations. In the process, 
we have reclaimed over 1,000 tonnes of scrap 
metal, and are reusing the crushed aggregates on 
site. We are also reusing green waste to generate 
soil on site, and are recycling slag, coke and 
other waste products for a variety of uses. Areas 
requiring more specialised remediation have been 
identified for future treatment. 

DELIVERY 
Further progress on ground remediation 
and remodelling and the initial phase of the 
infrastructure works is scheduled for 2008, 
which should also see the first dwellings and 
employment buildings being developed. 

2008-2020 
Infrastructure 

2024 
Project completion 

2008-2023 
Residential land sales/ 
commercial development 

PROJECT 
PROGRESS 

100% WATERMARK.03
ONLY USE ON BACKGROUND 282c, 2995c, 3015, 3035c,
COOL GREY 10, COOL GREY 7, COOL GREY 4 & WHITE

2004-2007 
Planning process 

2004 
Site acquired 

2006-2014 
Ground remediation 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
28 CASE STUDIES
 

0% WATERMARK.01

NLY USE ON BACKGROUND 282c, 2995c, 3035c,

OL GREY 10, COOL GREY 7, COOL GREY 4 & WHITE

�  GREAT HOMER STREET

 ANOTHER MAJOR MIXED USE PROJECT FOR WHICH 
PLANNING CONSENT HAS BEEN OBTAINED (A 
PARTNERSHIP PROJECT WITH LIVERPOOL CITY COUNCIL) 

100%
ONLY USE
COOL GRE

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LOCAL AUTHORITY PARTNERSHIP
 
GREAT HOMER STREET, LIVERPOOL
 

CASE STUDIES 29
 

�

GREAT HOMER STREET 
AN AREA OF SIGNIFICANT 
DEPRIVATION 

BACKGROUND 
We were selected by Liverpool City Council in 2004 
as the preferred developer for a £150m mixed 
use regeneration project on 45 acres in North 
Liverpool. 

This flagship project is an important example of 
a large-scale complex mixed use regeneration 
scheme, redeveloping an area of significant 
deprivation. We are drawing on our considerable 
experience of partnerships with the public sector 
to work together with Liverpool City Council to 
deliver a scheme that meets its aspirations. 

MARSHALLING 
During 2007 we reached a significant milestone 
in a lengthy public consultation process when we 
obtained outline planning consent for a scheme 
comprising a 115,000 sq ft superstore, 80,000 sq 
ft of other retail accommodation, a new market 
and market hall, 480 homes, and facilities for a 
Primary Care Trust centre, new library, leisure 
facilities as well as 80,000 sq ft of employment 
space. There will also be new public realm leading 
from the scheme into Everton Park. 

Work is now under way on land acquisition 
and detailed planning of the scheme including 
preparation for a compulsory purchase and road 
closure procedure. Construction is expected to 
begin in 2009. 

Four industrial sites in the surrounding area 
(Larch Lea, Gilmoss, Brasenose and Clegg Street) 
have been acquired to provide alternative 
locations for businesses being relocated as part 
of the redevelopment. 

PROJECT 
PROGRESS 

100% WATERMARK.03
ONLY USE ON BACKGROUND 282c, 2995c, 3015, 3035c,
COOL GREY 10, COOL GREY 7, COOL GREY 4 & WHITE

2004 
Selected as 
preferred developer 

2004-2007 
Planning approval 

2009-2012 
Construction 

2007-2009 
Site assembly 

2013 
Project completion 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
30 CASE STUDIES
 

0% WATERMARK.01

NLY USE ON BACKGROUND 282c, 2995c, 3035c,

OL GREY 10, COOL GREY 7, COOL GREY 4 & WHITE

�  PROJECT MoDEL 

RAF NORTHOLT — WORK IN PROGRESS ON NEW 
FACILITIES FOR THE MINISTRY OF DEFENCE, WHICH 
CLEARS THE WAY FOR THE REDEVELOPMENT OF 
OTHER MOD BASES IN WEST LONDON 

100%
ONLY USE
COOL GRE

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INNOVATIVE TRANSACTION & STRUCTURE
 
PROJECT MoDEL
 

CASE STUDIES 31
 

�

BENTLEY PRIORY 
ANOTHER MoDEL PROJECT 
WHICH WILL PROVIDE: A 
MUSEUM LINKED TO THE 
SITE’S HERITAGE WITH THE 
BATTLE OF BRITAIN; THE 
RESTORATION OF THE LISTED 
BUILDING; AND NEW 
RESIDENTIAL 
ACCOMMODATION 

In addition, we successfully completed the 
disposal of two of the six surplus sites under 
this project, namely: RAF Eastcote – a 19 acre 
residential land sale to Taylor Wimpey for £60m; 
and RAF West Ruislip – a 21 acre residential land 
sale to Cala Homes for £81m, after obtaining 
planning consent for 415 homes and an 80 unit 
retirement home. Marshalling of the remaining 
four disposal sites is proceeding according to 
plan. 

BACKGROUND 
Together with Vinci PLC we were selected by the 
UK Ministry of Defence (MOD) in 2006 for Project 
MoDEL, a complex and innovative public–private 
partnership which will enable the MOD to 
consolidate their real estate in north-west London 
onto a single site at RAF Northolt. 

This project draws on our abilities to structure 
a transaction so as to meet the complex needs 
of our partner. In this case, these included: 
the relocation of a variety of activities into new 
accommodation; marshalling sites through the 
planning system; maximising value from an 
orchestrated disposal process; and the provision 
of finance for a complex multi-phase scheme. 

DELIVERY 
During 2007 we achieved substantial progress on 
many aspects of this project. 

The primary focus of the project is the £150m 
redevelopment of RAF Northolt. This will create 
the MOD’s first integrated core site in London 
providing service personnel with new living, 
working and messing accommodation plus sports, 
social, health and welfare facilities. During the 
year substantial progress was made on the initial 
phases of this construction programme, which is 

currently on schedule and on budget. 

PROJECT 
PROGRESS 

100% WATERMARK.03
ONLY USE ON BACKGROUND 282c, 2995c, 3015, 3035c,
COOL GREY 10, COOL GREY 7, COOL GREY 4 & WHITE

2007 
Sale of Eastcote/West Ruislip 

2006 
Sites acquired 

2007-2009 
Construction of 
RAF Northolt 

2009 
Sale of Bentley Priory 

2011 
Project completion 

2009-2011 
Sale of Mill Hill/ 
Uxbridge 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
32 CASE STUDIES
 

0% WATERMARK.01

NLY USE ON BACKGROUND 282c, 2995c, 3035c,

OL GREY 10, COOL GREY 7, COOL GREY 4 & WHITE

�COOMBS WOOD, HALESOWEN 
AN AERIAL VIEW OF THE 
COMPLETED DEVELOPMENT 

100%
ONLY USE
COOL GRE

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CASE STUDIES 33
 

�COOMBS WOOD, HALESOWEN 
ONE OF THE BUILDINGS 
FROM THE LATEST PHASE 
OF THIS DEVELOPMENT 

LONG-TERM PROJECT 
COOMBS WOOD, HALESOWEN
 

BACKGROUND 
This 85 acre former steelworks was acquired from 
Corus in 1995 and has been gradually remediated 
and developed over the last twelve years. 

This scheme illustrates our key skills of 
working in long-term partnership with industry 
and undertaking the remediation of a really 
challenging brownfield site to reclaim it for reuse. 

Coombs Wood is one of the most successful 
commercial developments in the Black Country, 
attracting a range of occupiers including 
manufacturing, distribution and office users, 
many of them local companies. In addition to a 
number of bespoke buildings, we have rolled out a 
succession of speculative schemes covering small 
business units, distribution space, and offices, all 
of which have been well received. 

DELIVERY 
2007 saw substantial completion of this scheme 
with the sale of the last industrial unit and 
completion of the final phase 13,000 sq ft office 
scheme. A total of 485,000 sq ft of office and 
industrial accommodation has been developed on 
the site, creating over 1,000 jobs. 

PROJECT 
PROGRESS 

100% WATERMARK.03
ONLY USE ON BACKGROUND 282c, 2995c, 3015, 3035c,
COOL GREY 10, COOL GREY 7, COOL GREY 4 & WHITE

1995-1998 
Masterplanning 

1998-2008 
Development phases 

1995 
Site acquired 

1998 
Infrastructure 

2008 
Project completion 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

CSR REVIEW 
CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY 
AT THE HEART OF OUR BUSINESS 
36  Corporate social responsibility 
46  Board members and senior management 
48  Corporate governance report 
55  Directors’ remuneration report 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
36 

CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (“CSR”)
 

Consequently, in all of our business we adhere to the following principles: 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

We  seek to make a positive contribution to society as a whole, and 

specifically the communities in which we operate. 


We  treat all partners, suppliers and employees fairly, without regard to 
race, colour, creed, gender, age, sexual orientation or disability. 

We  require our suppliers to operate to similar high standards as ourselves. 

Compliance with laws and regulations is required as an absolute minimum 
standard. 

Reputable business practices must be applied. 

Conflicts of interest must be declared and appropriate arrangements 
made to ensure that those with a material interest are not involved in the 
decision making process. 

Improper payments or inducements of any kind are prohibited. 

Reporting of business performance is undertaken in such a way that 
stakeholders are fully and properly informed concerning the business’s 
true performance, risks and opportunities in a timely manner. 

SUSTAINABILITY 
We are committed to improving the built environment, whilst undertaking 
projects that seek to transform areas of dereliction and decay into 
sustainable communities. 

Each one of our projects poses its own environmental challenges. In tackling 
these challenges, we seek to: 

� 

� 

� 

� 

Identify the potential impact of our developments on the environment; 

Design development solutions which meet the requirements of the 

planning and environmental regulators;
 

Implement the development so it protects and where practicable enhances 
the environment, repairing the damage done by previous generations; and 

Particularly recycle materials, conserve energy, reduce consumption of 
raw materials and minimise waste production. 

We apply our approach to sustainable development at all stages of our work: 
in the way we use land and buildings; in site and building design; and in our 
construction methods. The following section provides more detail about our 
approach, with case studies drawn from our regeneration projects over the 
last year. 

INTRODUCTION 
As the UK’s leading regeneration specialist, we 
recognise the significant impact that our activities 
have on the environment and the communities 
in which we work. We recognise that managing 
these activities responsibly brings long-term 
benefits to our shareholders as well as our other 
stakeholders. 

One of the company’s key strengths is its ability 
and willingness to undertake difficult and long 
term projects, focusing on: 

� 

� 

� 

� 

Town centre regeneration – the refurbishment 
and revitalisation of tired town centres; 

Partnering industry – enabling the reuse of 
redundant former employment complexes; 

Brownfi eld land renewal – the remediation of 
contaminated brownfield land; and 

Heritage restoration – the restoration of 
heritage assets of both local and national 
importance. 

At the very heart of all of our business is the 
principle of sustainability – the need to conserve 
scarce resources and avoid compromising the 
inheritance of future generations. 

The other principle underlying our business is 
to conduct it to the highest ethical standards, 
treating others as we would wish to be treated 
ourselves. 

Our business depends critically on the behaviour 
of our employees and the professionals and 
contractors who help deliver our projects. We 
seek to treat them with respect and to encourage 
them in the delivery of our projects to give equal 
respect to all our stakeholders. 

The following pages set out our CSR principles 
and illustrate the progress we have made in 
the year. 

PRINCIPLES & ETHICS 
We strive to maintain the highest standards of 
ethical conduct and corporate responsibility, 
by acting with integrity in our dealings with our 
business partners, stakeholders and with 
each other. 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (“CSR”)

CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY 37
 

� STRETTON A VIEW OF THE FINAL PHASE OF STRETTON BUSINESS PARK ACROSS THE COVENTRY CANAL 

1. SUSTAINABLE LOCATION 

� 

� 

Reusing land – The recycling and returning 
of previously developed land to beneficial 
use safeguards the countryside and helps to 
preserve natural habitats. It helps tackle the 
blight of dereliction in communities by bringing 
poor quality sites back into use, and enables 
the reuse of existing infrastructure and utilities. 
Moreover, the decontamination and remediation 
of polluted land will improve the environment. 
As a specialist in regeneration, we already have 
extensive experience in the reuse of previously 
developed sites. In 2007 94% (2006: 91%) of our 
building activity was on brownfield land. 

Reusing buildings – The refurbishment and 
reuse of a building is generally a better option 
than its demolition and replacement with a new 
building from an environmental point of view, 
and we seek to apply this principle whenever it 
is practicable to do so. The reuse of buildings 
reduces the environmental costs involved in the 
demolition and construction processes, and 
enables reuse of existing utility infrastructure. 
However, this has to be set against the 
practicability of reusing an old building. 

CASE STUDIES 
Reusing land – Longbridge, Birmingham – We have demolished 
over 2 million sq ft of redundant buildings from the former MG Rover 
car plant, and are currently remediating 159 acres of contaminated 
brownfield land for a mixed use development that will provide 10,000 
jobs, 1,500 homes and a new district centre. 
Reusing buildings – Wembley Central – We are refurbishing a 
redundant 40,000 sq ft offi ce building by converting two floors 
to residential and adding an additional residential floor, whilst 
converting the remaining space to a business centre. At the same 
time the derelict multi-storey car park is being remodelled to meet 
Parkmark standard so as to play an integral part in the £100m mixed 
use regeneration scheme. 

2. SITE DESIGN 

� 

Providing transport choices – Accessibility is a key consideration in 
all our new developments. For a variety of reasons, both social and 
planning, people tend not to live in close proximity to their place of 
work. This has led to a dramatic increase in travel demand, leading to 
increased CO2 emissions, congestion, and long commuting times and it 
also creates accessibility problems for people without access to a car. We 
believe that sustainable communities must seek to reconnect housing, 
workplace, and amenities, via provision of public and sustainable 
transport linkages and integrated land-use planning. 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
�

�

38 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
 

� 

� 

Community engagement – Sustainable 
communities are places where people want 
to live and work, now and for generations to 
come. They meet the diverse needs of existing 
and future residents, are sensitive to their 
environment, and contribute to a high quality of 
life. They are safe and inclusive, well planned, 
built and run and offer equality of opportunity 
and good service for all. In all our projects, 
we consider it essential to engage with local 
communities to establish what they want to see 
developed, and how it should be managed. 

Enhancing the environment – We ensure 
in our developments that protected species 
and habitats are safeguarded or new habitats 
provided, with site design allowing for the 
movement of protected wildlife (for example 
by the provision of bat corridors without 
bright lights, badger tunnels under roads). 
We also seek to enhance the wildlife value of 
sites by the retention or introduction of native 
species appropriate to the site and prevailing 
conditions, the creation of new wildlife habitats 
and corridors, and by limiting the area of hard 
surfaces. 

� 

Managing flood risk – Sustainable communities are protected as far 
as possible from flooding, have safe access and escape should flooding 
nevertheless occur, and do not increase the flood risk of areas elsewhere. 
We seek to incorporate sustainable urban drainage systems (SUDS) in 
all of our developments, by the appropriate use of permeable surfaces, 
rainwater harvesting systems, ponds and seasonal wetlands, swales and 
soakaways, and by extensive tree planting. 

CASE STUDIES 
Providing transport choices – Edmonton Green, Enfield – A new 26 
stand bus station, built in partnership with Transport for London, 
forms the centrepiece of our major mixed use regeneration scheme. 

Community engagement – Dursley – We engaged in extensive 
consultation with the local community in the process of obtaining 
planning for this 92 acre mixed use development, and are establishing a 
community interest company to manage the community infrastructure, 
including a biomass heating system which lies at the heart of the 
scheme, and have recruited a full-time community liaison officer. 

Enhancing the environment – The St. Modwen Environmental
 
Trust – during 2006 we established the Trust with an annual budget
 
of £300,000, to support projects that seek to improve the local
 
environment in areas in which the company is active.
 

Managing flood risk – Quedgeley West Business Park – We have used 
four types of SUDS techniques at this former MOD depot site. These 
are: a dry pond with throttled outflow; porous paving; Wavin Aqua 
cellular storage; and swales. Together, these signifi cantly reduce peak 
run-off rates, preventing flooding both on site and downstream. 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
�

TRENTHAM LAKES 
THE PETS AT HOME 
EXTENSION SEEN ACROSS 
THE BALANCING POND, 
WHICH HAS BECOME A 
HAVEN OF WILDLIFE 

CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY 39
 

3. BUILDING DESIGN 

� 

Energy efficiency – Burning fossil fuels contributes to atmospheric 
pollution resulting in climate change, and damage to the environment and 
public health. We respect the three cardinal principles of reducing energy 
usage: be lean – use less energy; be clean – use energy efficiently; and be 
green – use renewables. 

Methods of reducing the energy demands of our buildings are considered 
at the outset of development. These include: building layout and 
orientation; window placement to avoid overheating; low U values to 
prevent unwanted heat loss/gain; high building mass to help keep 
buildings warm in winter and cool in summer; low air permeability to 
reduce draughts and hence limit uncontrolled heat losses in winter; 
the use of natural ventilation; and the introduction of smart controls on 
heating and lighting to avoid waste. 

� 

Conserving water – Water resources are becoming increasingly scarce 
as demand continues to increase rapidly due to growing population and 
changing lifestyles and the predicted effects of climate change. The key 
to water conservation is water efficiency rather than restriction of use. 
Conservation of water can be achieved in buildings through the installation 
of features such as dual flush toilets, water efficient taps and rainwater 
harvesting systems. 

EDMONTON GREEN 
A BUS STATION NEEDN’T BE DULL – THE NEW 16 STAND 
FACILITY IN LONDON’S FIFTH BUSIEST BUS TERMINAL 

�

CASE STUDIES 
Energy effi ciency: Reducing energy 
demand – Edmonton Green – A low energy 
strategy has been adopted throughout the 
development. The residential units were 
designed with high levels of insulation to 
minimise energy use. Average U values 
were 27% above those required by Building 
Regulations. Additionally, low energy lighting 
was specifi ed throughout, reducing CO
emissions to less than 45kg/m2/year, and 
enabling the development to achieve an Eco-
Homes rating of Good. 

2 

Energy effi ciency: Integrating renewable 
energy – Trentham Lakes – Mine gas from 
this former colliery site is being extracted 
and used to generate up to 4 megawatts of 
electricity, as well as preventing some 240 
million cubic metres of methane from the 
mines being vented to the atmosphere. 

Conserving water – Trafford Park – We have 
installed a rainwater harvesting system for 
the new adidas warehouse, which has the 
capacity to store 75 cubic metres of collected 
rainwater. This will dramatically cut mains 
water usage, as well as attenuating run-off 
from the development, hence reducing the 
risk of flooding. 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
40 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
 

�

4. CONSTRUCTION 

� 

� 

� 

Sustainable materials – Our resources are not limitless. ‘Non-renewable’ 
resources have built up over millions of years and are being rapidly 
consumed by the construction industry. However, sustainable materials 
are becoming more readily available at reasonable costs and can be 
sourced locally. To ensure that the most sustainable material is chosen 
for our developments the following factors are considered: the mass of 
materials, the ‘embodied energy’ of the materials (the energy used in their 
production), their recycled content and the potential to recycle materials at 
the end of their life. 

Minimising waste – Land filling is currently the principal mode of waste 
disposal in the UK. Landfill sites are a finite resource that may pollute 
water, soil and air in surrounding areas. Reliance on land filling is an 
unsustainable activity and a potential source of carbon dioxide and 
methane, both greenhouse gases contributing to climate change. In 
all of our developments we seek to reduce waste generation at all stages 
of our construction works and ensure that waste generated is disposed 
of in a sustainable way. For many years we have sought to avoid the 
use of landfill. On major sites our target is to eliminate landfill entirely 
from ground remediation schemes and to seek to recycle the maximum 
amount possible from demolition activity and in 2007 94% of all our waste 
materials were dealt with on site. 

Preventing pollution – The construction industry is a major source 
of pollution, responsible for 4% of particulate emissions, more water 
pollution incidents than any other industry and thousands of noise 
complaints every year. Construction activities can also disrupt ecological 
communities. We monitor contractors on all of our sites to ensure that 
best practice measures to prevent pollution and ensure environmental 
protection are implemented. 

CASE STUDIES 
Sustainable materials – Etruria Valley – 
In 1998 we built the temporary steel stock 
yard using recyclable clay blocks. In 2007 1.8 
million of these have been lifted for reuse 
following the closure of the yard. 

Minimising waste – Longbridge 
– Approximately 95% of all demolition 
materials are being reclaimed and reused. 
To date, this includes 22,000 tonnes of steel 
sent for recycling, and over 200,000 tonnes 
of brickwork and concrete which is being 
crushed and reused on site. 365,000 litres 
of fuel which leaked into the ground during 
the operation of the former MG Rover car 
plant have been recovered and sold back to 
refiners 

Preventing pollution – Ludgershall 
– We are working with the contractor to 
champion industry-leading pollution-
prevention measures on this site: energy 
and water usage on site will be monitored 
and reduction targets set; air pollution will 
be measured and minimised; Environment 
Agency procedures will be followed to 
safeguard against water pollution; and 
special measures have been taken to protect 
the site’s ecology during construction, 
including reptile-proof fencing and the 
programming of site clearance works to 
minimise disruption to nesting birds. 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
�

LLANWERN 
THE SORT OF CHALLENGE 
WE FACE REGULARLY:  THE 
CONCRETE WILL BE 
PROCESSED INTO RE­
USABLE AGGREGATE, AND 
THE STEEL REINFORCEMENT 
SENT FOR RECYCLING 

CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY 41
 

5. SUSTAINABILITY TARGETS 
We are in the process of establishing firm, 
deliverable targets across a range of our activities 
to ensure that our commitment to sustainability is 
both real and evidenced. This process is 
well advanced in our traditional areas of 
brownfield land, contract management and 
commercial development, where we now have 
established targets. In emerging areas, such 
as apartment building, we are evaluating the 
balance between environmental aspiration and 
commercial reality and expect to establish targets 

over the coming year.
 

All our new schemes now benefit from: 

� 

� 

The use of our Sustainability Guide developed during 2007. This embodies 
a Sustainability Assessment System. Using this assessment tool we 
will identify, with greater accuracy, all of the environmental impacts of 
our projects and so achieve continual improvement in our sustainability 
performance. 

Site waste management plans. Through these, we will manage the waste 
generated by both our and our land purchasers’ construction activities, 
limiting waste and maximising recycling.
 

The targets we have established and our actual performance levels in 2007 are:
 

2007 
% 

2008 
% 

2009 
% 

Brownfield land remediation 

On all of our brownfi eld sites where we need to remediate soils, we employ a variety of technologies 
to seek to eliminate off-site disposal. In addition, we maximise the recycling of metals or other 
recyclable materials from this process. 

Target: Percentage of remediated materials reused or recycled  

94 

95 

96 

Demolition 

On all our demolition projects we aspire to retain or recycle all demolition products on-site, with 
the exception of asbestos. This is achieved by a combination of crushing and screening aggregates 
and mulching green waste for future use on-site, and segregating other materials such as metals, 
glass and wood for recycling. 

Target: Percentage of demolition products reclaimed for retention on-site or recycling  

88 

89 

90 

Construction waste 

Construction waste generated from our projects will be reused or recycled through the application 
of our Site Waste Management Plans. Adopting sustainable principles we will implement the 
following hierarchy – avoid, reduce, reuse and recycle. 

Target: Percentage of construction project waste reused or recycled  

20 

40 

50 

Commercial Buildings 

On our new commercial speculative building projects, we intend to increase progressively the 
proportion of our buildings achieving at least a very good BREEAM rating. 

Target: Percentage of speculative industrial units in excess of 25,000 sq ft achieving at least a very 
good BREEAM rating 

Target: Percentage of speculative offices in excess of 5,000 sq ft achieving at least a very 
good BREEAM rating 

22 

60 

75 

52 

70 

75 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
42 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
 

2007 
% 

2008 
% 

2009 
% 

Reduced energy use 

On all our building projects we intend to reduce progressively their energy consumption in use. 

Target: Energy consumption reduction above that involved in achieving Building Regulations on 
speculative projects in excess of 50,000 sq ft for industrial buildings and 25,000 sq ft for offices  

5 

20 

25 

Water 

Our buildings will be designed to reduce water consumption through design efficiencies and/or 
water recycling technologies. 

Target: Percentage of schemes with water usage reduction technologies  

Target: Percentage of schemes with water recycling technologies  

65 

20 

100 

100 

25 

30 

HEALTH & SAFETY 
The company gives high priority to safeguarding 
the health and safety of the public and its 
employees by pursuing a policy which 
ensures that: 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

Its business is conducted in accordance with 
standards that are in compliance with relevant 
statutory provisions for health and safety 
of staff and any other persons on company 
premises; 

A  safe and healthy working environment 
is established and maintained at all of the 
company’s locations; 

Managers at all levels regard health and safety 
matters as a prime management responsibility; 

Sufficient financial resources are provided 
to ensure that policies can be carried out 
effectively; 

Good standards of training and instruction in 
matters of health and safety are provided and 
maintained at all levels of employment; 

Risk assessments are carried out wherever 
appropriate; 

Co-operation of staff in promoting safe and 
healthy conditions and systems of work is 
required; 

An  adequate advisory service in matters of 
health & safety is provided and maintained. 

Detailed policies and procedures are documented and made available to 
all staff. The Health and Safety Forum, chaired by the Company Secretary, 
and reporting to the Chief Executive, meets regularly to discuss and resolve 
implementation issues. The procedures are reviewed by the board annually, 
with health and safety matters included on the agenda of every board 
meeting. 

The Health and Safety Forum provides guidance to employees on all aspects 
of health and safety. To assist, a Health and Safety Procedures Manual has 
been produced. 

We ourselves undertake no construction work on site directly, therefore 
our assessment of a subcontractor’s or main contractor’s health and safety 
procedures forms a key part of our supplier selection process, and is a vital 
element in our health and safety controls. We ensure that health and safety 
audits are performed on all of our projects. 

For our operational sites (including Trentham Gardens, Solihull Ice Rink, 
and our shopping centres), individual risk assessments are undertaken, and 
updated annually, by a retained health & safety consultant. 

The company’s health and safety performance continues to be very good, 
with no prosecutions for breaches of health and safety, and no fatalities. 

HEALTH & SAFETY TARGETS 

2007 

2008 

2009 

% 

% 

% 

The HSE’s construction industry average is 
an Accident Incident Frequency Rate with 
respect to the number of hours worked on 
site of 10 . 

Target: Accident Incident Frequency Rate in 
relation to number of hours on site 

‹10 

‹9 

‹8 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY 43
 

At a number of our sites, we provide free, or heavily subsidised, space 
and facilities for the use of local charities. These include: free use of our 
Trentham Gardens site for a number of charities including the Race for Life, 
the Donna Louise Trust, and the Douglas MacMIllan Hospice, which together 
raised £750,000 from Trentham events; and the provision in our Edmonton 
Green Shopping Centre of 10,000 sq ft of heavily subsidised accommodation 
for an integrated network of training and employment charities and not for 
profit organisations, together with 15,000 sq ft of community theatre and 
arts-related facilities. 

CASE STUDIES 
Worcestershire Resource Exchange (WRE) was opened by the 
Duckworth Worcestershire Trust in 2004 in some underutilised first 
fl oor space on our Gregory’s Bank Industrial Estate in Worcester. WRE 
is a ‘scrap-store’ which collects clean and safe waste from a range 
of industries and businesses and sells it as inexpensive resources. 
Customers of the Exchange include teachers and other educators, 
community play workers, arts groups, Guide and Scout groups, as 
well as members of the public. WRE also operates a Community Re­
paint scheme: collecting unwanted paint from retailers, businesses 
and households, and redistributing them for reuse. In 2007, the Trust 
approached us to see if we could help them find some larger premises 
to meet the growing needs of the community. We identified a unit 
of nearly 8,000 sq ft at Shrub Hill Industrial Estate, close to the city 
centre, which we refurbished in conjunction with WRE and the new 
centre opened in May 2007. 

Our VSM Estates subsidiary supported Ruislip High School in 
Hillingdon in its successful bid for Specialist Status in Maths and by 
providing funds for a new Maths and Computing Suite for the school. 
The donation refl ects our ongoing commitment to making a positive 
contribution to local communities across the London Borough of 
Hillingdon in which we are very active though our projects in Northolt, 
West Ruislip and Uxbridge. 

EMPLOYEES 
We encourage our employees to play an active role in fulfi lling the 
company’s corporate social responsibility. Schemes adopted by the St. 
Modwen Environmental Trust require a project champion from amongst 
the employees and we support employees taking an active role in local 
community bodies. 

COMMUNITIES AND SOCIAL INCLUSION 
Many of the projects undertaken by the company 
– often in partnership with local authorities 
and other public sector bodies – are in areas of 
significant deprivation. We are therefore often 
at the forefront of attempts to address issues 
of social exclusion, by providing local jobs and 
improving local amenities, infrastructure and 
affordable housing stocks. Outstanding examples 
in the last year included: the completion of a £27m 
state-of-the-art new leisure centre at Edmonton 
Green (in partnership with Enfield Borough 
Council); and the launch of a major speculative 
programme for small and medium enterprises 
in the city of Stoke-on-Trent involving 83 units 
totalling 287,000 sq ft. 

Once a project is under way, active participation in 
local community activities is a key feature of the 
company’s approach. We deploy a combination 
of initiatives to encourage local communities to 
share in the improvements brought about by its 
regeneration schemes, including: 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

Encouraging the employment of local people. 

Incorporating opportunities for local traders in 
markets or small units in our retail schemes at 
sustainable levels of rent. 

Subsidising local initiatives such as a Credit 
Union, local radio stations and community 
wardens. 

Encouraging community participation in our 
developments. At Trentham Gardens we have 
a team of 46 volunteers, 6 from special needs 
groups, and 7 from groups supporting the 
rehabilitation of the long-term unemployed 
(including the Prince’s Trust). 

Incorporating non-intrusive, but high levels of 
security facilities in our schemes to reassure 
and protect the vulnerable. 

Sponsoring local sport, leisure and charitable 
activities, including the Trentham Water 
Sports Association that provides access to 
water sports for universities, schools, disabled 
groups and local community initiatives, and the 
Dursley Bowls Club for whom we provided new 
changing rooms, kitchen and other clubhouse 
facilities. 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 44 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
 

�  LONGBRIDGE 

AN AERIAL VIEW OF LONGBRIDGE, SHOWING THE 
DEMOLITION PROGRESSING FROM THE WEST WORKS 
THROUGH THE NORTH AND SOUTH WORKS TO THE EAST 
WORKS AND POWERTRAIN. NANJING’S OPERATION IS 
LOCATED IN THE CENTRE, AND THE FUTURE IS 
REPRESENTED BY THE INNOVATION CENTRE, AND NEW 
OFFICE BUILDING IN THE LEFT FOREGROUND 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY 45
 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

46 

BOARD MEMBERS
 

01 

05 

09 

02 

06 

10 

03 

07 

04 

08 

* 	Member of audit and 
    remuneration committees 

† Members of nominations 
    committee 

01 ANTHONY GLOSSOP MA† NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN 
Aged 66. A director since 1976 and Chief Executive from 1982 to 
2004. Previously Chief Executive of Redman Heenan 
International plc. He is also a non-executive director of 
Robinson PLC. 

02 BILL OLIVER BSc, FCA CHIEF EXECUTIVE 
Aged 51. Joined the company as Finance Director in 2000. 
Appointed Managing Director in 2003 and Chief Executive in 
2004. Previously Finance Director of Dwyer Estates plc after a 
career in the housing industry. 

. 
03 TIM HAYWOOD MA, FCA, FINANCE DIRECTOR 
Aged 44. Joined the company in 2003. Previously Chief Financial 
Officer of Hagemeyer (UK) Limited, after a career with Williams 
Holdings PLC. 

05 CHRISTOPHER ROSHIER MA, FCA 
Aged 61. A non-executive director appointed in 1987. Senior 
Independent Director. He is a Chartered Accountant with over 20 
years’ experience in Corporate Finance. Currently chairman of 
Gibbs & Dandy PLC and Deutsche Land Management LLP and a 
director of two overseas investment companies. 

07 MARY FRANCIS MA, CBE*† 
Aged 59. A non-executive director appointed in 2005. Chairman 
of the Remuneration Committee. Former Director-General of 
the Association of British Insurers and Deputy Private Secretary 
to the Queen.  Previously a senior civil servant in HM Treasury 
and 10 Downing Street. She is a non-executive director of  
Centrica plc, Aviva plc and Alliance & Leicester plc. 

09 IAN MENZIES-GOW MA*† 
Aged 65. A non-executive director appointed in 2002. Formerly 
Chairman of Geest PLC and Derbyshire Building Society, and 
prior to that held senior executive positions within the Hanson 
Group. 

04 STEVE BURKE CONSTRUCTION DIRECTOR 
Aged 48. Joined the company as Construction Director in 1995 
and appointed to the main board as a director in November 
2006. Previously contracts director and construction manager 
with a number of national contracting companies (including 
Balfour Beatty and Clarke Construction). 
06 JOHN SALMON FCA*† 
Aged 63. A non-executive director appointed in 2005. 
Chairman of the Audit Committee. Formerly a partner of  
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, and a member and former 
Deputy Chairman of their Supervisory Board. Currently a senior 
adviser to IDDAS and a trustee and member of Council of the 
British Heart Foundation. 
08 SIMON CLARKE* 
Aged 42. A non-executive director appointed in 2004. Previously 
Deputy Chairman of Northern Racing PLC and Director and the 
Vice-Chairman of the Racecourse Association. 

10 PAUL RIGG DL, CPFA*† 
Aged 61. A non-executive director appointed in 2004. Formerly 
Chief Executive of West Sussex County Council. He is a director 
of the Chichester Festival Theatre Ltd, and a non-executive 
director and trustee of the Weald and Downland Open Air 
Museum Ltd. 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 47 

04 

SENIOR MANAGEMENT
 

02 

06 

03 

07 

01 

05 

08 

01 JOHN DODDS BSc, FRICS 
REGIONAL DIRECTOR  – MIDLANDS 

Aged 51. 6 years’ service. 

02 MIKE HERBERT 
REGIONAL DIRECTOR – NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE 

Aged 52. 17 years’ service. 

03 RUPERT JOSELAND BSc, MRICS 
REGIONAL DIRECTOR  – SOUTH WEST 

04 STEPHEN PROSSER BSc, MRICS 
REGIONAL DIRECTOR – YORKSHIRE 

Aged 38. 6 years’ service. 

Aged 44. 10 years’ service. 

05 TIM SEDDON BSc, MRICS 
REGIONAL DIRECTOR – LONDON AND 
SOUTH EAST 

Aged 43. 2 years’ service. 

06 MICHELLE TAYLOR BSc, MRICS 
REGIONAL DIRECTOR – NORTH WEST 

Aged 45. 16 years’ service. 

07 RUPERT WOOD BSc, MRICS 
REGIONAL MANAGER – NORTHERN 
HOME COUNTIES 

Aged 34. 18 months’ service. 

08 JON MESSENT LLB, Solicitor 
COMPANY SECRETARY 

Aged 43. 1 year’s service 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
48 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
 

St. Modwen is committed to the highest standards 
of corporate governance. The board of directors, 
through the executive directors and management, 
exercises effective control over the group and 
its activities, recognising its responsibility to 
shareholders and other interested parties. The 
procedures for applying these principles within 
the group are set out below. This should be read 
in conjunction with the Directors’ remuneration 
report on pages 55 to 61. 

Throughout the year ended 30th November 2007 
the company has complied with the principles 
set out in Section 1 of the Combined Code on 
Corporate Governance 2006 (“The Code”) except 
for the following matters: 

� 

� 

The Code asks the board to identify each 
non-executive director it considers to be 
independent. Of the six non-executive 
directors at the end of 2007, the board 
considers Mary Francis, Ian Menzies-Gow, 
Paul Rigg, Christopher Roshier and John 
Salmon to be fully independent. The Code 
seeks an explanation for the determination 
of independence in certain circumstances, 
including if a non-executive has served for 
longer than nine years. Christopher Roshier 
has been a non-executive director for twenty 
years, but the board is satisfied that he 
maintains an independent and rigorous 
approach to all of its business and accordingly 
considers him to be independent. The board 
recognises that Simon Clarke does not meet 
the criteria for a fully independent director 
under the Code, although his position as a 
representative of the Clarke and Leavesley 
families, who together hold 51.4m shares 
(42.5%) in the company’s equity, gives him 
a very strong interest in challenging and 
scrutinising management to secure excellent 
performance from the company. 

� 

� 

and four executive members including the Chairman. The object sought 
by the Code – that no individual or group of individuals can dominate the 
board’s decision-making – is thus achieved. 

The Code recommends that all members of the Audit and Remuneration 
Committees are independent non-executive directors. Each of these 
Committees comprises all of the non-executive members of the board 
except for Christopher Roshier. As explained above, Simon Clarke is not 
a fully independent director under the Code, but the board considers 
that its discussions benefit from his involvement in the preparatory 
detailed scrutiny which takes place in these Committees. As also noted 
above, Simon Clarke has a strong interest in challenging and monitoring 
management’s performance. 

The Code recommends that a Chief Executive should not go on to be the 
chairman of the same company. As explained in previous years’ annual 
reports, the board recommended the appointment of former Chief 
Executive Anthony Glossop as Chairman of the board. This was endorsed 
by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting in April 2004. As of 
11th February 2008 Anthony Glossop became non-executive Chairman. 
The roles of the Chairman and Chief Executive are carefully differentiated. 

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES 
The company acts as the holding company of a group of property investment and 
development companies. A list of the subsidiary and associated undertakings 
affecting the profit or net assets of the group is included at page 103. 

BOARD COMPOSITION AND COMMITTEES 
The composition of the board provides an appropriate blend of experience 
and qualifications, and the number of non-executives provides a strong base 
for ensuring appropriate corporate governance of the company. The board’s 
decisions are implemented by the executive directors. The Chairman and 
the non-executives also met during the year without the executive directors 
being present. 

Christopher Roshier is the senior independent director. He is available for 
consultation by shareholders, whenever appropriate. 

The company’s Articles of Association provide that all directors are subject to 
re-election at least every three years. In addition, all directors are subject to 
re-election by shareholders after their initial appointment. 

The Code recommends that at least half 
the board, excluding the Chairman, should 
comprise independent non-executive directors. 
The board currently comprises five non-
executive directors whom it determines to be 
independent; one non-executive (Simon Clarke) 
who is not deemed fully independent under 
the Code but who – as explained above – has a 
strong interest as a shareholder representative 
in challenging and scrutinising management; 

The reappointment of non-executive directors is not automatic. It is intended 
that appointments will be for an initial term of three years, which may be 
extended by mutual agreement. Prior to each non-executive offering himself 
to the members for re-election his reappointment must be confirmed by the 
Chairman in consultation with the remainder of the board. 

The terms and conditions of appointment of all directors are available for 
inspection at the company’s registered office during normal business hours, 
and at the AGM. 

The board is supplied with timely and relevant information regarding the 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT 49
 

business, through regular monthly and ad 
hoc reports, site visits and presentations from 
members of the management team and by 
meetings with key partners. Where appropriate, 
the company provides the resources to enable 
directors to update and upgrade their knowledge. 
Through the Company Secretary, the board is 
informed of corporate governance issues and all 
board members have access via the Company 
Secretary to independent advice if required 

The criteria used for evaluating individual executive 
directors’ performance are included in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report. Individual non-executive 
directors’ performance is reviewed by the Chairman 
and Chief Executive. The performance of the 
board as a whole is assessed in the context of the 
company’s achievement of its strategic objectives 
and total shareholder return targets. Feedback on 
the company is sought through external surveys 
from shareholders, analysts and other professionals 
within the investment community following the 
regular briefings, presentations and site visits 
undertaken by the company. This feedback is made 
available to the whole board. 

In support of the principles of good corporate 
governance, the board has appointed the following 
committees, all of which have formal terms of 
reference which are available for inspection by 
shareholders and are posted on the company’s 
website: 

a) Remuneration Committee 
The composition and function of the 
Remuneration Committee are set out in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 55. 

b) Audit Committee 
The Audit Committee, which currently comprises 
all of the non-executive directors except for 
Christopher Roshier, is chaired by John Salmon. 

The company’s Finance Director, Financial 
Controller and Internal Auditor attend Audit 
Committee meetings but the Committee also 
meets without management being present and 
has private sessions with the auditors. The 
Committee has direct access to the internal and 
external auditors. 

The Audit Committee’s functions include: 

� 

Ensuring that appropriate accounting systems 
and financial controls are in operation and 

that the company’s financial statements comply with statutory and other 
requirements. 

Receiving reports from, and consulting with, the internal and external 
auditors. 

Reviewing the interim and annual results and reports to shareholders, and 
considering any matters raised by the internal and external auditors. 

Considering the appropriateness of the accounting policies of the company 
used in preparing its financial statements. 

Monitoring the integrity of the financial statements of the group and 
formal announcements relating to the group’s financial performance, and 
reviewing significant financial reporting judgements contained therein. 

Reviewing the effectiveness of the group’s internal audit function. 

Reviewing and monitoring the independence and objectivity of the 

company’s external auditors.
 

Monitoring the scope, cost-effectiveness and objectivity of the audit. 

Monitoring the company’s policy on non-audit services provided by the 
external auditors. 

Making an annual assessment of the external auditors and recommending, 
or not, their reappointment. 

Reviewing “whistle-blowing”arrangements within the company. 

Reviewing its own performance, constitution and terms of reference to 
ensure it is operating at maximum effectiveness and recommending any 
changes it considers necessary to the board for approval. 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

Given the increasing size, complexity and geographical scope of the company’s 
operations, the company has proceeded with the appointment of an internal 
auditor tasked with formalising and documenting internal control procedures 
and ensuring compliance. The newly appointed internal auditor took up her 
role on 2nd January 2007. 

The Committee’s policy on the provision of non-audit services by the external 
auditors is that, whilst it is appropriate and cost-effective for the external 
auditors to provide tax compliance and tax planning services to the group, 
other services should only be provided where alternative providers do not 
exist or where it is cost-effective or in the group’s interest for the external 
auditors to provide such services. In all cases the provision of non-audit 
services is carefully monitored by, and subject to the prior approval of, 
the Committee. The external auditors would not be invited to provide any 
non-audit services where it was felt that this could conflict with their 
independence or objectivity. Such services would include the provision of 
internal audit and management consulting services. 

As part of the regular review of its providers of professional services, 
the board put the audit out to a tender process involving a number of 
firms, including Ernst & Young, the incumbent auditors. This process 
was completed in 2007 and Deloitte & Touche LLP were selected as the 
company’s auditors. 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
50 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
 

c) Nominations Committee 
The Nominations Committee was reconstituted 
in 2006 and now comprises Anthony Glossop (as 
chairman of the Committee), Mary Francis, Ian 
Menzies-Gow, Paul Rigg and John Salmon. 

For the appointment of the Company Secretary 
during the year, a detailed specification was drawn 
up and agreed with all board members setting 
out the required skills and background from 
which it was felt candidates should be drawn. 
Since a suitable candidate was not already known 
to the company it was necessary to instruct a 
search agency. A recommendation was made 
by the Nominations Committee to the board for 
the appointment of Jon Messent as Company 
Secretary. 

BOARD AND COMMITTEE ATTENDANCE 
The board met eleven times during the 
year. The Audit Committee met three times, 
the Nominations Committee once, and the 
Remuneration Committee four times. All 
members attended all meetings except that Simon 
Clarke and Paul Rigg were unable to attend two 
board meetings. Ian Menzies-Gow and Christopher 
Roshier were each unable to attend one board 
meeting. Paul Rigg was unable to attend two 
Remuneration Committee meetings, and Simon 
Clarke and Ian Menzies-Gow one. 

BOARD EFFECTIVENESS 
The Code recommends that the board undertakes 
a formal and rigorous annual evaluation of its own 
performance. A formal evaluation, facilitated by 
an external assessor, Dr Tracy Long of Boardroom 
Review, was undertaken during 2005 and 2006. 
The principal findings of the review were that “the 
board functions well as a team, with high levels 
of trust and respect amongst new and existing 
members, and an ability to deal capably with 
change. Financial documentation and controls 
have been upgraded, and recent improvements 
have been made in the area of board and 
committee independence and composition, 
board agendas, shareholder communication 
and corporate governance.” Three areas for 
improvement were identified: maximising board 
contribution; succession planning; and risk 
analysis. Actions taken to address these 
areas were: 

� 

� 

� 

� 

Sharpened focus of board agendas and papers. 

Reviewed levels of authority and board involvement in major project 
acquisitions. 

Increased time given to strategy and risk analysis. 

Identified structure for succession planning. 

For 2007 the next formal evaluation has been commenced with Boardroom 
Review to review the board’s progress against previous action items, and to 
establish whether there are further improvements required. 

RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROL 
The board recognises that it has overall responsibility for the identification 
and mitigation of risks and the development and maintenance of an 
appropriate system of internal control. 

During the period under review the directors have reviewed the effectiveness 
of the system of internal control in accordance with the Turnbull guidance, 
through the production of a detailed report which covered: the group’s 
control environment; the manner in which key business risks are identified; 
the adequacy of information systems and control procedures; and the 
manner in which any required corrective action is to be taken. 

The group’s key internal controls are centred on comprehensive monthly 
reporting from all activities which includes a detailed portfolio analysis, 
development progress reviews, management accounts and a comparison 
of committed expenditure against available facilities. These matters are 
reported to the board monthly, with reasons for any significant variances 
from budget. Detailed annual budgets are reviewed by the board and revised 
forecasts for the year are prepared on a regular basis. 

There are clearly defined procedures for the authorisation of capital 
expenditure, purchases and sales of development and investment properties, 
contracts and commitments and a formal schedule of matters, including 
major investment and development decisions and strategic matters, that are 
reserved for board approval. Formal policies and procedures are in place 
covering all elements of employment, the construction process, health and 
safety and IT. The company is currently working in conjuction with FAST 
(Federation Against Software Theft) to achieve their Gold Accreditation for 
software licensing compliance. The company already holds Bronze and Silver 
awards. All necessary steps to achieve the Gold award were undertaken in 
2007 and an application will be made in 2008. 

Internal control, by its nature, provides only reasonable and not absolute 
assurance against material misstatement or loss. The directors continue, 
however, to strive to ensure that internal control and risk management are 
further embedded into the operations of the business by dealing with areas 
for improvement as they are identified. In the year under review, no material 
loss was suffered by a failure of internal control. 

The analysis of the business’s key risks was also reviewed and redefined in 
the light of current experience. 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT 51
 

The company’s policies with respect to its: 

a)  financial risk management objectives and 

policies, including the policy for hedging each 
major type of forecasted transaction for which 
hedge accounting is used; and 

b)  exposure to price risk, credit risk, liquidity risk 

and cash flow risk 

are contained in the notes to the accounts at 
pages 86 and 89. 

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES 
The key business risks facing the company, their 
potential impact and mitigation, are reviewed 
regularly. This year the risks were assessed 
against a set of scenarios, and were found to be 
still appropriate. 

attractiveness of the company and its remuneration packages. To support the 
fi nancial objectives, we will need to continue to improve the employee base. 

2. ECONOMIC/PROPERTY RISKS 
The risks identified included: 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

Demand for space from occupiers; 

Rental levels; 

Investment yield; 

Relative sector performance; 

Overexposure to single tenant/scheme; 

Site assembly risk; 

Occupational risks; 

Investment value risk; 

Changing public sector requirements. 

The principal mitigating actions are: 

MANAGEMENT OF KEY RISKS 
The key risks that have been identified, the 
management approach to each, and the 
assessment of the residual risk are set out below: 

1. ORGANISATIONAL/PEOPLE FACTORS 
The risks identified included: 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

Succession planning and talent management; 

IT; 

Disaster planning; 

Failure to recruit. 

The principal mitigating actions are: 

Regular dialogue with industry experts and commentators; 

Use of high quality professional advisers; 

The hopper and geographical spread gives flexibility and facilitates 
diversification; 

Emphasis on value creation through active property management and 
development. 

Assessment – We have chosen to operate only in one geographical area, the 
UK, which is subject to relatively low-risk, low-returns from a stable and 
mature, albeit cyclical economy and property market. By involvement with all 
sectors of that economy and that property market, we are as diversified as 
possible, without venturing overseas. 

Targeted recruitment procedures; 

Competitive remuneration packages; 

Strong performance-related link to
 
remuneration;
 

Regular assessment of performance and 

identification of training needs;
 

3. REGULATORY FACTORS 
The risks identified included: 

� 

� 

� 

� 

Planning; 

Tax; 

Technology; 

Lease structures. 

Tailored training programme; 

The principal mitigating actions are: 

Regular communication of strategic and 

tactical objectives;
 

Properly resourced and structured IT solutions; 

Appropriate disaster recovery procedures. 

Assessment – Employee turnover has been low, 
indicating good retention levels. Vacancies are few, 
and are generally filled promptly, indicating the 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

� 

� 

� 

Being alert to policies being promoted; 

Use of high quality professional advisers; 

In-house expert resources in planning/residential/construction/tax/IT. 

Assessment – Our daily exposure to all aspects of the planning process, and 
internal procedures for spreading best practice ensure we remain abreast of 
most developments. We have not been very active in attempting to influence 
public policy debate, but may need to do so as we grow. 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
52 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
 

4. FINANCIAL RISKS 
The risks identified included: 

� 

� 

� 

Lack of available funds; 

Interest rates; 

Taxation. 

The principal mitigating actions are: 

� 

� 

� 

� 

Small number of high-quality banking 

relationships;
 

Hedging policy to contain interest rate risk; 

Benchmarking of costs of finance; 

Tax strategy identifying areas of acceptable 
innovation. 

Assessment – Our conservative approach to 
fi nancing reduces the opportunity for true 
innovation in this area. This is offset by the 
benefits of stability, reliability and borrowing 
capacity, ensuring finance is available for all 
foreseeable projects. 

5. FAILURE TO SECURE SCHEMES 
The risks identified included: 

� 

� 

� 

� 

Competition; 

Overheated market; 

People; 

Reputation. 

The principal mitigating actions are: 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

Regional offices in touch with their local market; 

Strong performance-related link to
 
remuneration;
 

Dedicated central resource to support regional 
teams; 

Streamlined and effective decision-making 
process; 

Availability of adequate finance; 

Flexible and innovative approach to acquisitions 
in response to changing market conditions; 

Raising the profile of the company as the 

country’s leading regeneration specialist.
 

Assessment – The increasing focus on the regions to deliver acquisitions, 
and the growing reputation and financial capacity of the company, have 
enabled us to deliver more than the target of replacing 120% of land used 
over the past five years. 

6. SOCIAL, ETHICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS 
The risks identified included: 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

Health, safety & environment risk; 

Climate change; 

Business ethics; 

Internal controls; 

Customer satisfaction. 

The principal mitigating actions are: 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

Systems of control procedures and delegated authorities; 

Regular and detailed operational and financial reporting; 

Regular dialogue with industry investors and commentators; 

Close supervision of transactions and key relationships; 

Proactive press/media contacts; 

Regular top-level meetings with local authorities, RDAs, and other 
government or quasi-governmental bodies. 

Assessment – The company has benefited from an excellent reputation. This 
is underpinned by a simple set of operating commitments. 

7. REPUTATIONAL RISKS 
The risks identified included: 

� 

� 

� 

Failure to deliver on promises; 

Involvement with controversial schemes/partners; 

Failure to live up to expectations. 

The principal mitigating actions are: 

� 

� 

� 

� 

Adherence to system of principles and ethics; 

Thorough and proactive PR to get messages across clearly; 

Inclusion of reputational issues as an item in scheme selection process; 

A  strong culture of propriety led from the board. 

Assessment – The company enjoys an excellent reputation with its 
stakeholders (including investors, business partners and employees). This is 
based on, and reinforced by, a strong set of principles and consistent delivery 
of promises. 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT 53
 

8. CONSTRUCTION RISK	 
The risks identified included:	 

� 

� 

� 

Build quality; 

Remediation/contamination; 

Liability issues. 

The principal mitigating actions are: 

� 

� 

� 

� 

A  strong internal construction management 
team; 

Projects, acquisitions and disposals are 
reviewed (and financially appraised) in detail 
within clearly defined authorisation limits; 

Regular management reviews; 

Use and close supervision of high-quality 
trusted contractors and professionals; 

� 

Contractual liability clearly defined. 

Assessment – The company is willing to accept 
a degree of environmental/contamination risk, 
enabling higher returns to be made for the 
perceived higher risks undertaken. These risks 
are passed on or minimised where possible, but 
cannot be eliminated. In our recent experience, 
the residual risks have been acceptably low. 

DIRECTORS AND THEIR INTERESTS 
In accordance with the provisions set out in 
Section 1 of the Combined Code on Corporate 
Governance issued by the Financial Reporting 
Council in July 2006 Christopher Roshier offers 
himself for re-election to the board. The reasons 
for this are set out on page 48. 

Bill Oliver, John Salmon, Mary Francis and 
Christopher Roshier will retire from the board in 
accordance with the provisions of the company’s 
Articles of Association and offer themselves for 
re-election. 

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS IN ORDINARY SHARES 
The interests of the directors in the issued share capital of the company are 
shown below: 

Beneficial 
S.J. Burke 
S.W. Clarke 
M.E. Francis  
C.C.A. Glossop 
T.P. Haywood 
W.A. Oliver 
P. Rigg 
C.E. Roshier 
J. Salmon 
Non-beneficial 
C.C.A. Glossop 

30th November 
2007 

30th November 
2006 

13,240
3,859,332 
1,000 
1,707,933 
87,823 
188,304 
1,875
10,417 
2,000 

 – 
3,859,332 
1,000 
1,707,933 
66,823 
188,304 
 – 
10,417 
– 

100,000 

100,000 

The above interests do not include shares held under the share option 
schemes detailed in the directors’ remuneration report on page 59. 

There has been no change in these interests between 30th November 2007 
and 8th February 2008. 

SUBSTANTIAL INTERESTS 
As at 14th January 2008 in addition to those noted above, the company had 
been notified, in accordance with the Financial Services and Markets Act 
2000, of the following interests in more than 3% of its issued share capital: 

Shareholder 

Number of 
Ordinary Shares  
Held 

Percentage of 
Ordinary Share 
Capital 

Lady Clarke and family holdings 
(excluding S.W. Clarke) 

30,271,420 

J.D. Leavesley and connected parties 

17,307,477 

ING Investment Management 

10,038,746 

Scottish Widows Investment Partnership  5,264,049 

Thames River Capital 

4,430,000 

25.1% 

14.3% 

8.3% 

4.4% 

3.7% 

None of the directors had any material interest in 
contracts with the group. 

Legal and General 
Investment Management 

4,041,039 

3.4% 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
54 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
 

ACQUISITION OF THE COMPANY’S 
OWN SHARES 
During the year ended 30th November 2007 the 
company purchased 150,000 ordinary shares of 
10p each in the company and transferred them 
into the company’s employee benefit trust. The 
aggregate consideration paid for these shares 
amounted to £813,783. The total of ordinary 
shares purchased in the year constitutes 0.12% 
of the company’s authorised and issued share 
capital. 

CREDITOR PAYMENT POLICY 
It is the group’s policy to agree specific payment 
terms for its business transactions with its 
suppliers and to abide by those terms whenever 
it is satisfied that the supplier has provided the 
goods and services in accordance with the agreed 
terms and conditions. 

During the year ended 30th November 2007 
trade creditors represented an average of 26 
days’ purchases (2006: 25 days). This has been 
calculated by expressing year end creditors as 
a fraction of purchases made in the year, and 
multiplying the resulting fraction by 365 days. 

EMPLOYEES 
The group encourages employee involvement 
and places emphasis on keeping its employees 
informed of the group’s activities and 
performance. The company’s executive runs 
quarterly management meetings at which senior 
employees are informed about information 
affecting them as employees, where their 
feedback is sought on decisions likely to affect 
their interests, and where a common awareness 
is achieved of the financial and economic 
factors affecting the company’s performance. 
This information is then cascaded to staff at 
the company’s head office and regional offices. 
A performance related annual bonus scheme 
and share option arrangements are designed to 
encourage employee involvement in the success 
of the group. 

The group operates a non-discriminatory employment policy under which 
full and fair consideration is given to disabled applicants, to the continued 
employment of staff who become disabled, and to their continued career 
development and promotion. 

The group operates a pension scheme which is open to all employees – see 
pages 91 to 94. 

POLITICAL AND CHARITABLE DONATIONS 
The company did not make any political donations in the year. Details of 
the company’s charitable activities are included in the CSR review. Direct 
charitable donations during the year totalled £8,000 (2006: £7,000). 

SHAREHOLDER RELATIONS 
The executive directors have a programme of meetings with institutional 
shareholders and analysts at which the company’s strategy and most 
recently reported performance are explained and questions and comments 
made are relayed to the whole board. Visits are also arranged to sites of 
particular interest or significance to assist investors’ understanding of the 
company’s business. The company’s Annual General Meeting is also used as 
an opportunity to communicate with private investors. In addition to the usual 
period for questions which is made available for shareholders at the Annual 
General Meeting, John Salmon, the chairman of the Audit Committee, 
and Mary Francis, the chairman of the Remuneration Committee, will 
be available to answer appropriate questions. Any matters of concern 
regarding the company are discussed by the senior independent director with 
shareholders or appropriate corporate governance bodies and comments are 
fed back by him to the whole board. 

Copies of all press releases, investor presentations and Annual Reports 
are posted on the company’s website (www.stmodwen.co.uk), together with 
additional details of major projects, key financial information and company 
background. 

To simplify and encourage participation in voting on resolutions at our 
Annual General Meeting, the company provides the opportunity to vote 
electronically through CREST (for further details see pages 112 and 113). 

BUSINESS STANDARDS 
The company does not condone any form of corrupt behaviour in business 
dealings and has disciplinary procedures in place to deal with any illegal or 
inappropriate activities by employees. 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
 

55 

This report has been drawn up in accordance 
with the Combined Code 2006 and the Companies 
Act, complies with the FSA’s Listing Rules, and 
has been approved by both the Remuneration 
Committee and the board. Shareholders will 
be invited to approve this report at the Annual 
General Meeting. The Remuneration Committee’s 
terms of reference are available for inspection on 
the company’s website. 

The Companies Act requires certain parts of the 
remuneration report to be audited. The audited 
sections are highlighted. 

The overall aim is that the fixed elements of executive directors’ 
remuneration (base salaries and pension benefits) should be set at around 
the median of the range paid by comparable companies, and that superior 
performance should be rewarded through total remuneration in the upper 
quartile of the range. These benchmarks gear rewards to high performance, 
and seek to ensure that the company can attract and retain executives of 
suitable calibre in the sector’s very competitive labour market. 

The Committee undertook a full review of the remuneration arrangements 
for executive directors in 2005–06 and the resultant recommendations were 
approved by shareholders at last year’s Annual General Meeting. The new 
arrangements were accordingly implemented for the first time in 2006–07. 
They comprise: 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

Base salary: Reviewed annually in the light of external market movements 
and other relevant factors such as internal relativities. Base salary levels 
were checked in the 2005–06 review and set around the median of external 
comparators. 

Annual bonus: The aim is to provide a clear and direct incentive. 
Bonus comprises a single payment awarded at the end of the financial 
year. Bonus levels depend on performance against a financial target 
(growth in net asset value per share during the year in question) and 
personal targets. Awards range from 10% of base salary if the minimum 
performance target is met, to 125% for performance at the maximum. 

Performance share plan: An annual award of shares which vests after 
three years and provides the main incentive to sustained, longer term 
performance. The level of vesting depends on performance against two 
cumulative financial targets – growth in net asset value per share and 
growth in total shareholder returns. Awards are normally worth 125% 
of base salary and levels of vesting range from 25% of base salary if the 
minimum net asset value growth performance target is met but the Total 
Shareholder Return (“TSR”) is less than 0%, to 150% if both targets are 
met in full. 

Pensions: Executive directors’ pension benefits are funded through either 
the defined benefit scheme (now closed), or the defined contribution 
scheme. 

Shareholdings: Since 1st December 2006 it has been the company’s policy 
that excutive directors are expected to build up their shareholdings in the 
company over a five year period to be, at a minimum, the value of one 
times base salary. 

COMPOSITION AND FUNCTION OF THE 
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE 
The Remuneration Committee was reconstituted 
in April 2007 and now comprises Mary Francis 
(Chairman), Simon Clarke, Ian Menzies-Gow, Paul 
Rigg and John Salmon. 

The Committee considers all aspects of 
the executive directors’ remuneration and 
administers the company’s share schemes. 
The remuneration of the non-executive 
directors is considered by the board following 
recommendations by the executive directors. 
No director participates in setting their own 
remuneration. The Committee also reviews and 
notes annually the remuneration trends across 
the company and any major changes in employee 
benefits structures. 

The company has complied throughout the 
period with the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Regulations 2002. 

REMUNERATION POLICY AND MAIN 
ELEMENTS OF REMUNERATION 
The objective of St. Modwen’s remuneration 
policy is to attract, retain and motivate high 
calibre senior executives through competitive pay 
arrangements which are also in the best interests 
of shareholders. These include performance-
related elements with demanding targets, in 
order to align the interests of directors and 
shareholders and to reward success. 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 56 DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
 

THE COMMITTEE’S WORK IN 2006–07 
During 2006–07, the Committee held four meetings. Its main activities were 
implementing the new remuneration arrangements for executive directors; 
monitoring the remuneration (including share scheme) arrangements for 
staff below board level, especially at regional director and equivalent levels; 
and preparing the 2007–08 remuneration decisions. The latter have required 
careful consideration, both because of the declining and rapidly changing 
market conditions commented on elsewhere in this Annual Report, and 
because the recruitment market for high quality staff nevertheless remains 
tight and relativities between executive board members and senior staff 
have narrowed and in a few cases reversed. Full details of the remuneration 
arrangements for the year ending 30th November 2008 will be provided in 
the 2007–08 Annual Report and changes to the Performance Share Plan 
awards made in February 2008 are set out in the section on Performance-
Related Remuneration below. 

BASE SALARIES 
As reported in last year’s Annual Report & 
Accounts, following advice from Deloitte, 
the executive directors’ base salaries were 
increased to levels around the market median for 
comparable external positions. The salary leves 
are set out on page 57 of this report. 

Since 1st December 2005, the Chairman has 
been paid a base salary only. He does not receive 
annual bonus options or performance shares. Mr 
Glossop’s salary for the year 2006–07 is set out on 
page 60. 

References to executive directors in the 
paragraphs below exclude the Chairman. 

Deloitte & Touche LLP (“Deloitte”) acted as external advisers to the 
Remuneration Committee until 2007. Deloitte were closely involved in the 
comprehensive review of the remuneration arrangements for executive 
directors referred to above. Upon Deloitte’s appointment as external auditors 
to the company, the Committee terminated their role as remuneration 
advisers. We are grateful for the advice and support they provided to us. New 
remuneration advisers will be appointed in 2008. 

The remainder of this report sets out in more detail the remuneration 
arrangements in the year ended 30th November 2007. 

SERVICE CONTRACTS 
All of the executive directors have service contracts of no fixed term, with 
notice periods of twelve months. 

The non-executive directors do not have service contracts. Non-executive 
directors have notice periods of three months. 

No director has any rights to compensation on loss of office (apart from 
payment in lieu of notice, where appropriate). 

Unless specifically approved by the board, executive directors are not 
permitted to hold external non-executive directorships. Anthony Glossop 
receives fees of £16,500 per annum which he retains in respect of his service 
as a non-executive director of Robinson PLC. He received no fees in respect 
of his service as a non-executive director of Northern Racing PLC, of which 
he ceased to be a director on 22 June 2007. 

The dates of the directors’ service contracts are as follows: 

C.C.A. Glossop 

1st December 1988 

W.A. Oliver 

S.J. Burke 

T.P. Haywood 

24th January 2000 

1st January 2006 

14th April 2003 

PERFORMANCE-RELATED 
REMUNERATION 
The Remuneration Committee has approved all 
performance-related remuneration in respect of 
the year to 30th November 2007, and the targets 
for achievement of such remuneration which were 
set at the beginning of the financial year 

BONUS SCHEME 
Executive directors participated in a performance-
linked cash bonus scheme which was payable in 
one instalment on the publication of the results 
for the year ended 30th November 2007. The 
executive directors were eligible to receive a total 
bonus of up to 125% of base salary (up to 62.5% 
allocated towards achievement of financial targets 
and up to 62.5% towards achievement of personal 
targets). 

The levels of bonus award were determined by 
the Remuneration Committee on the basis of 
performance against the financial and personal 
targets. The financial target set by the Committee 
for the year to 30th November 2007 was based 
on growth in net assets per share with growth of 
10% earning the minumum bonus of 10% of base 
salary, growth of 15% earning a bonus of 50% 
of base salary, and growth of 20% earning the 
maximum bonus of 62.5% of base salary. Awards 
would be pro-rated between these points. 

Personal targets were set individually for each 
executive director, and focused on actions 
necessary to secure the company’s long-term 
growth such as replenishment of the hopper, 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 57
 

realising marshalling opportunities, and 
deepening talent and succession planning below 
board level. The Remuneration Committee has, 
in accordance with its terms of reference, no 
restrictions on the factors it can take in to account 
in determining the appropriateness and relevance 
of the remuneration policy. 

The Chairman makes recommendations to the 
Remuneration Committee for the levels of bonus 
payable to executive directors against both the 
financial and personal targets, supported by 
audited figures in respect of the financial targets. 
Decisions on the levels of bonus payable are taken 
by the Remuneration Committee. Annual bonuses 
do not form part of pensionable pay. 

For the year to 30th November 2007, the bonuses 
paid to directors as a percentage of annual salary 
were as follows: Bill Oliver 122.5%; Steve Burke 
122.5%; Tim Haywood 117.5%. These bonuses 
represented 100% of the maximum of 62.5% 
for achievement of the net asset growth target, 
the out-turn being growth of 20%. The balance 
represents the bonus paid for the achievement 
of the personal targets set for each executive 
director. Given the strong growth in net assets 
in 2007 and the achievement of almost all the 
personal targets set for each executive director, 
the Committee agreed that bonuses at this level 
were justified. 

The bonus arrangements described above were 
introduced in 2007 following the Committee’s 
comprehensive review of executive directors’ 
remuneration. The previous bonus scheme 
provided for higher awards of up to 140% of base 
salary, payable in two equal instalments. The 
amounts potentially payable to directors (provided 
the company’s net assets per share growth 
over the relevant three year period exceeds RPI 
plus 5% per annum and the director concerned 
continues to be employed by the company) in 
future years in respect of the second instalments 
of the bonuses earned in 2004 to 2006 are as 
follows: 

W.A. Oliver 

S.J. Burke 

T.P. Haywood 

2008 
£’000 

175 

50 

77 

2009 
£’000 

217 

60 

123 

2010 
£’000 

252 

74 

140 

Total 
£’000 

644 

184 

340 

SHARE SCHEMES 
The Remuneration Committee is responsible for overseeing the company’s 
Performance Share Plan (“PSP”), Executive Share Option and Savings 
Related Share Option schemes in accordance with rules previously approved 
by shareholders. The PSP, introduced in 2007, is the long-term incentive for 
executive directors, and the Executive Share Option Scheme rewards other 
senior employees. The company has under consideration the inclusion of 
senior staff below board level in the PSP (in which case they would cease to 
participate in the Executive Share Option scheme) but has decided that the 
present arrangements should remain in place for the year ending 
30th November 2008. 

As notified to shareholders before the 2007 Annual General Meeting, PSP 
awards to executive directors in 2007 were equal to 150% of salary. The 
awards will vest after three years according to performance against two 
fi nancial targets. 

The first is cumulative real growth in net asset value per share (“net asset 
growth”) over the three year period from the date of grant. This target was 
selected to incentivise executives to aim for the continued long-term growth 
of the company, whilst delivering the short-term and medium-term results 
which are the principal focus of the bonus scheme. Net asset growth of 33% 
will earn PSP shares worth 31.25% of base salary; growth of 50% will earn 
shares worth 100% of base salary; and growth of 75% will earn shares worth 
125% of base salary. Awards will be pro-rated between these points. The 
second target is the company’s total shareholder return (“TSR”). If TSR over 
the three years from the date of grant is 75% or more the PSP grant achieved 
as a result of net asset growth will be enhanced by 20%. No adjustment will 
be made if TSR is between 0% and 75%. Awards will be reduced by 20% if 
TSR is at or below 0%. The combined effect of the two targets is that the 
minimum vesting of PSP shares will be worth 25% of base salary and the 
maximum will be worth 150%. No shares will vest unless net asset growth is 
at least 33% over the three year period. 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
58 DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
 

The executive directors did not take part in the executive share option 
scheme in 2007, but have rights over options granted to them in previous 
years. For options granted in 2005 and earlier years, the performance 
condition was subject to one retesting whereby if the condition was not met 
in the initial period of 3 years the options could still be exercised if the real 
growth in the net asset value per share of the Company was at least 5% per 
annum over the four year period from the date of grant. Options granted in 
2006 and thereafter do not allow retesting if the performance condition is not 
met in the initial 3 year period – if this is the case the options will lapse. All 
performance conditions not yet met will be adjusted for the introduction of 
International Financial Reporting Standards to the company in 2006. 

Executive directors may also participate in the company’s savings-related 
share schemes on the same terms as all other employees. 

2008 PSP PERFORMANCE CONDITIONS 
The Remuneration Committee has given extensive consideration to the 
performance targets to be set for PSP grants to the executive directors for 
the period 2007–08 to 2009–10. It has decided that in the difficult market 
conditions facing the company, the targets for cumulative net asset growth 
per share should be reduced to 9% for the minimum award of shares worth 
31.25% of base salary, and 44% for the maximum award of shares worth 
125% of base salary. 

Awards will be pro-rated between these two points. The choice of only 
maximum and minimum net asset targets marks a change from the 2007 
award (described above), where a mid-point target was also identified and 
secured shares worth 100% of base salary. 

TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN 2002–2007 

St. Modwen Properties 
FTSE 350 Real Estate 
FTSE 250 

600 

500 

400 

300 

200 

100 

2002 

2003 

2004 

2005 

2006 

2007 

The company’s total shareholder return is shown in the graph against a 
broad equity market index. Since the company is a constituent of the FTSE 
250 and FTSE Real Estate indices, these are considered to be appropriate 
benchmarks for the graph. 

The Committee agreed that the targets for TSR 
growth should remain the same as in 2006–07. 
Any awards secured against the net asset growth 
targets will accordingly be reduced by 20% if TSR 
grows by zero or less and will be increased by 
20% if TSR grows by 75% or more. No adjustment 
will be made if TSR growth is between zero and 
75%. The potential range of total PSP awards for 
the three years beginning 2007–08 will thus be 
the same as in the previous year: from shares 
worth 25% of base salary if net asset growth is 
at the minimum target and TSR growth is at or 
below 0%, to shares worth 150% of base salary 
if the maximum net asset target is met and TSR 
growth is 75% or more. The Committee considers 
that the performance conditions are demanding 
in the light of current and prospective market 
conditions, and provide appropriate incentives 
to the executive directors to deliver value to 
shareholders. 

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ FEES 
The level of non-executive directors’ fees is 
recommended to the board by the Chairman and 
executive directors, having taken independent 
advice on market practice. For 2007 the level of 
the basic fee paid was £35,000 per director with 
additional payments of £8,000 to the Chairman 
of the Audit Committee and the Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee and of £5,300 to the 
Senior Independent Director. 

For the year commencing 1st December 2007, 
non-executive directors’ fees have been set at 
£37,000 per director, with additional payments of 
£9,000 to the Chairman of the Audit Committee 
and the Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee and of £6,000 to the Senior 
Independent Director. 

Non-executive directors are not permitted to 
participate in the company’s bonus, share or 
pension schemes. 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 59
 

Audited Information: 

EXECUTIVE SHARE OPTION SCHEMES* 

Date of Grant 

C.C.A. Glossop 

W.A. Oliver 

S.J. Burke 

T.P. Haywood 

Exercise Price 

Exercise Period 

November 1999 

September 2002 

August 2003 

August 2004 

August 2005 

August 2006 

500,000 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

60,000 

112,000 

89,500 

87,250 

75,300 

— 

— 

— 

39,250 

33,750 

34,500 

As at 30th November 2006  500,000 

424,050 

107,500 

— 

— 

— 

— 

39,500 

41,800 

81,300 

99p 

Nov 2003 – Nov 2009 

134p 

Sept 2005 – Sept 2012 

200p 

279p 

443p 

478p 

Aug 2006 – Aug 2013 

Aug 2007 – Aug 2014 

Aug 2008 – Aug 2015 

Aug 2009 – Aug 2016 

* All share options granted in 2004 or earlier have vested and are no longer subject to performance conditions. Those granted in 
2005 or later will vest if the real growth in the net asset value per share of the company is at least 5% per annum over the relevant 
three year period. 

Details of Executive Share options exercised by directors during the year are as follows: 

W.A. Oliver 

T.P. Haywood 

Date of 
exercise 

May 2007 

August 2007 

Market price 
at date of 
exercise 

713.5p 

510p 

Number of 
options 
exercised 

90,000 

55,500 

Gain 
£’000 

525 

128 

PERFORMANCE SHARE PLAN SCHEME 
Directors’ maximum entitlements, subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions, are as follows: 

Date of Grant 

May 2007 

SAVINGS RELATED SCHEMES
 

W.A. Oliver 

S.J. Burke 

T.P. Haywood 

Exercise Period 

87,235 

45,317 

50,981 

May 2010–April 2017 

Date of Grant 

C.C.A. Glossop 

W.A. Oliver 

S.J. Burke 

T.P. Haywood 

Balance at 
30th Nov. 2006 

Exercised 

Granted 

Balance at 
30th Nov. 2007 

Exercise 
Price 

Exercise Period 

6,072 

3,713 

13,240 

7,497 

— 

— 

(13,240) 

— 

— 

— 

3,383 

— 

6,072 

£2.48–4.335 

Oct 2009–Mar 2012 

3,713 

3,383 

7,497 

£4.335 

£4.84 

Oct 2011–Mar 2012 

Oct 2012–Mar 2013 

£1.82–2.48 

Oct 2008–Mar 2010 

Details of Savings Related Share options exercised by directors during the year are as follows: 

S.J. Burke 

Date of 
exercise 

October 2007 

Market price 
at date of 
exercise 

517p 

Number of 
options 
exercised 

13,240 

Gain 
£’000 

52 

The share price as at 30th November 2007 was 424p. The highest price during the year was 730p and the lowest price was 363p. 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
60 DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
 

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION 
The remuneration of the directors for the year ended 30th November 2007 was as follows: 

Executive 

S.J. Burke 

C.C.A. Glossop 

T.P. Haywood 

W.A. Oliver 

Non-executive 

S.W. Clarke 

M.E. Francis 

R.I. Menzies-Gow 

D.P. Rigg 

C.E. Roshier 

J.H. Salmon 

Salary/Fees 
£’000 

Annual bonus 
£’000 

Benefits 
£’000 

200 

350 

225 

385 

35 

43 

35

35

40 

43 

1,391 

245 

— 

264 

472 

— 

— 

  — 

— 

— 

— 

981 

13 

23 

20 

29 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

85

Total emoluments 
excluding pensions and 
pension contributions 
2006 
2007 
£’000 
£’000 

458 

373 

509 

886 

35 

43 

35 

35 

40 

43 

— 

321 

362 

644 

33 

37 

33 

33 

44 

37 

 2,457 

1,544 

All benefits for the executive directors (comprising mainly the provision of company car, fuel and 
health insurance) arise from employment with the company, and do not form part of directors’ final 
pensionable pay. 

The figures above represent emoluments earned during the relevant financial year. Such emoluments 
are paid in the same financial year with the exception of performance-related bonuses, which are paid 
in the year following that in which they are earned. The figures above exclude amounts payable in future 
years in respect of the deferred second instalment of previous years’ bonuses, as these are subject to 
additional performance criteria. 

During the year, payments of £3,000 each in respect of consultancy services provided were made to 
former directors J.D.Leavesley and C.H.Lewis, and £10,000 to Sir David Trippier. Benefits totalling 
£45,847 were provided by the company during the year to the widow of Sir Stanley Clarke (comprising 
mainly the provision of a car and driver). 

Total non-executive directors’ fees were set at the Annual General Meeting in 2004 at a maximum of 
£250,000 (with annual adjustments for RPI). 

PENSIONS 
The company operates a pension scheme with both a defined benefits and defined contribution section, 
covering the majority of employees, including executive directors. In relation to the defined benefits 
section, benefits are based on years of credited service and final pensionable pay. The maximum 
pension generally payable under the scheme is two-thirds of final pensionable pay. The defined benefits 
section of the scheme was closed to new members in 1999. 

Membership of the defined contribution section is available to all permanent employees including 
executive directors joining the company after 6th April 1999. Contributions are invested by an 
independent investment manager. 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

   
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 61
 

Audited Information: 

Pension benefits earned by the directors who are members of the defined 
benefits scheme: 

Age at 
30th November 
2007 

Accrued Pension 

Transfer Value 

2007 

2006 

2007 

2006 

£’000 p.a. 

£’000 

C.C.A. Glossop 

S.J. Burke 

66 

48

240 

19

233 

 16

3,961 

 203 

4,008 

174 

Contributions made on behalf of the remaining 
directors who are members of the defi ned 
contribution section of the Pension Scheme 
amounted to: 

T.P. Haywood 

W.A. Oliver 

2007 
£’000 

34

58 

2006 
£’000 

 30

54 

Approved by the board and signed on its behalf by 

Mary E. Francis 

Chairman, Remuneration Committee 
8th February 2008 

Further information on the company’s pension 
scheme is shown in note 19 on pages 91 to 94. 

C.C.A. Glossop, who had been a deferred pensioner since his normal 
retirement age of 60, elected to draw his pension from 1st April 2006. The 
accrued pension disclosed above represents the annual pension currently 
in payment (of which £238,000 has been paid in the year). 

Notes relating to the defi ned benefits scheme: 

1.  Contributions of up to 7.5% are payable by members, effective 1st 
December 2004. Scheme members within five years of normal 
retirement age on 1st December 2004 pay no contributions. 

2.  Accrued pension is that which would be paid annually at retirement age 

based on service to 30th November 2007. 

3.  Members have the option to pay Additional Voluntary Contributions; 

neither the contributions nor the resulting benefits are included above. 

4.  Normal retirement age is 65, effective 1st December 2004 (age 60 for 
Scheme members within five years of normal retirement age on 1st 
December 2004). 

5.  Death in service benefits amount to a lump sum equal to the greater 

of four times basic salary at death and four times the average of gross 
earnings in the last three years. In addition, a spouse’s pension would be 
payable, equivalent to 50% of the full pension the member would have 
been entitled to had he worked to normal retirement age. 

6.  A spouse’s pension of 50% of the full pension is payable after the death 

in retirement of a member. 

7.  Pension payments increase annually by the lower of the RPI increase 

and 5%. 

8.  Pensionable salary increases are capped at RPI plus 3% per annum 

cumulatively (effective 1st December 2004). Scheme members within 
fi ve  years of normal retirement age on 
1st December 2004 received uncapped increases (subject to Inland 
Revenue limits, which will continue under the transitional provisions of 
the recent legislation). 

14704 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
14704 
14704 

12/02/08 
12/02/08 

Proof 12
Proof 12

14704 
14704 

12/02/08 

12/02/08 

Proof 12

Proof 12

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
A FIFTEENTH SUCCESSIVE YEAR OF RECORD RESULTS
 
64  Group and company accounts 
109  Five year record 
110  Notice of Annual General Meeting 
114  Glossary of terms 
116  Shareholder information 

14704 
14704 

12/02/08 
12/02/08 

Proof 12
Proof 12

 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 64

64 

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES IN 
RELATION TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The directors are responsible for preparing the annual report, directors’ remuneration report and the financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations. 
Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. The directors are required by the IAS 
Regulation to prepare the group financial statements under IFRSs (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union. The group financial 
statements are also required by law to be properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985 and Article 4 of the IAS 
Regulation. 
International Accounting Standard 1 requires that financial statements present fairly for each financial year the company’s 
financial position, financial performance and cash flows. This requires the faithful representation of the effects of transactions, 
other events and conditions in accordance with the definitions and recognition criteria for assets, liabilities, income and expenses 
set out in the International Accounting Standards Board’s ‘Framework for the Preparation and Presentation of Financial 
Statements’. In virtually all circumstances, a fair presentation will be achieved by compliance with all applicable IFRSs. Directors 
are also required to: 

Properly select and apply accounting policies; 
Present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and 
understandable information; and 
Provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in IFRSs is insufficient to enable users to 
understand the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions on the entity’s financial position and financial 
performance. 

The directors have elected to prepare the parent company financial  statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards and applicable law). The parent company financial 
statements are required by law to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the company. In preparing these financial 
statements, the directors are required to: 

Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; 

	  Make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; 

State whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to any  material departures disclosed and 
explained in the financial statements; and 
Prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the company will 
continue in business. 

The directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records which disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the company, for safeguarding the assets, for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud 
and other irregularities and for the preparation of a directors’ report and directors’ remuneration report which comply with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 1985. 
The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the company website. Legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements differs from legislation in other jurisdictions. 
Each director at the date of approval of this report confirms that: 
1)	  so far as they are aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the company’s auditors are unaware; and 
2)	  they have taken all steps necessary to be aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the company’s auditors 

are aware of that information. 

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of S234ZA of the Companies Act 1985. 
Going concern 
The directors are of the opinion that, having regard to the bank and loan facilities available to the group, there is a reasonable 
expectation that the group has sufficient working capital to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. For this 
reason, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the accounts. 

The report of the directors, as defined on page 1, has been approved by the board of directors. 

By order of the board 
W.A. Oliver	 
Chief Executive	 

8th February 2008 

T.P. Haywood 
Finance Director 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 13

147

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
●
	 
●
	 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 65

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE
 
MEMBERS OF ST. MODWEN PROPERTIES PLC
 

65
 

We have audited the group financial statements of St. Modwen Properties PLC for the year ended 30th November 2007 which 
comprise the Group Income Statement, the Group Statement of Recognised Income and Expense, the Group Balance Sheet, the 
Group Cash Flow Statement, and the related notes 1 to 22. These group financial statements have been prepared under the 
accounting policies set out therein. We have also audited the information in the Directors’ Remuneration Report that is described 
as having been audited. 
We have reported separately on the parent company financial statements of St. Modwen Properties PLC for the year ended 
30th November 2007. 
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with section 235 of the Companies Act 1985. Our audit 
work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an 
auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone 
other than the company and the company’s members, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. 
Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors 
The directors’ responsibilities for preparing the Annual Report, the Directors’ Remuneration Report and the group financial 
statements in accordance with applicable law and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European 
Union are set out in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities. 
Our responsibility is to audit the group financial statements in accordance with relevant legal and regulatory requirements and 
International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). 
We report to you our opinion as to whether the group financial statements give a true and fair view, whether the group financial 
statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and 
whether the part of the directors’ remuneration report described as having been audited has been properly prepared in accordance 
with the Companies Act 1985. We also report to you whether in our opinion the information given in the Report of the Directors is 
consistent with the group financial statements. 
In addition we report to you if, in our opinion, we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit, or 
if information specified by law regarding directors’ remuneration and other transactions is not disclosed. 
We review whether the Corporate Governance Statement reflects the company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the 2006 
Combined Code specified for our review by the Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority, and we report if it does not. We are 
not required to consider whether the board’s statements on internal control cover all risks and controls, or form an opinion on the 
effectiveness of the group’s corporate governance procedures or its risk and control procedures. 
We read the other information contained in the Annual Report as described in the contents section and consider whether it is 
consistent with the audited group financial statements. We consider the implications for our report if we become aware of any 
apparent misstatements or material inconsistencies with the group financial statements. Our responsibilities do not extend to any 
further information outside the Annual Report. 
Basis of audit opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) issued by the Auditing Practices 
Board. An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the group financial 
statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited. It also includes an assessment of the significant 
estimates and judgements made by the directors in the preparation of the group financial statements, and of whether the 
accounting policies are appropriate to the group’s circumstances, consistently applied and adequately disclosed. 
We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and explanations which we considered necessary in order 
to provide us with sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the group financial statements and the part of the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other irregularity 
or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated the overall adequacy of the presentation of information in the group financial 
statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited. 
Opinion 
In our opinion: 

the group financial statements give a true and fair view, in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, of the 
state of the group’s affairs as at 30th November 2007 and of its profit for the year then ended; 
the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985 and Article 4 of the 
IAS Regulation; 
the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report described as having been audited has been properly prepared in accordance 
with the Companies Act 1985; and 
the information given in the Report of the Directors is consistent with the group financial statements. 

Deloitte & Touche LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Registered Auditors 
Birmingham, United Kingdom 
8th February 2008 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 66

66 

GROUP INCOME STATEMENT
 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30TH NOVEMBER 2007 

REVENUE 
Net rental income 
Development profit 
Gains on disposal of investments/investment properties 
Investment property revaluation gains 
Other net income 
Joint ventures and associates (post­tax) 
Administrative expenses 
PROFIT BEFORE INTEREST AND TAX 
Finance cost 
Finance income 
PROFIT BEFORE TAX 
Taxation 
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 
ATTRIBUTABLE TO: 
Equity shareholders of the company 
Minority interests 

Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 
Proposed final dividend per share 
Interim dividend paid 
Total dividend 

Notes 
1 
1 
1 

7 
1 
9 
2 

3 
3 

4 

17 
18 

Notes 
5 
5 
6 
6 

2007 
£m 
127.5 
26.3 
32.4 
11.4 
60.3 
2.4 
12.6 
(16.4) 
129.0 
(32.5) 
3.6 
100.1 
(6.4) 
93.7 

88.4 
5.3 
93.7 

2007 
pence 
73.3 
72.4 
7.8 
3.9 
11.7 

2006 
£m 
128.1 
24.3 
14.6 
27.2 
49.0 
2.4 
11.0 
(15.6) 
112.9 
(20.0) 
4.0 
96.9 
(21.0) 
75.9 

74.4 
1.5 
75.9 

2006 
pence 
61.6 
61.6 
6.8 
3.4 
10.2 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 11

14704

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 67

GROUP BALANCE SHEET
 

AS AT 30TH NOVEMBER 2007
 

67 

Non­current assets 
Investment property 
Operating property, plant and equipment 
Investments in joint ventures, associates and other investments 
Trade and other receivables 

Current assets 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Borrowings 
Tax payables 

Non­current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Borrowings 
Deferred tax 

Net assets 
Capital and reserves 
Share capital 
Share premium account 
Capital redemption reserve 
Retained earnings 
Own shares 
Shareholders’ equity 
Minority interests 
Total equity 

Notes 

7 
8 
9 
10 

11 
10 

12 
13 
4 

12 
13 
4 

16 
17 
17 
17 
17 

18 

2007 
£m 

846.9 
3.9 
75.4 
8.9 
935.1 

209.3 
31.6 
17.9 
258.8 

(127.3) 
(0.4) 
(12.3) 
(140.0) 

(128.0) 
(419.4) 
(38.8) 
(586.2) 
467.7 

12.1 
9.1 
0.3 
437.4 
(0.7) 
458.2 
9.5 
467.7 

2006 
£m 

736.4 
3.8 
77.9 
4.0 
822.1 

65.9 
58.4 
7.0 
131.3 

(109.3) 
(49.2) 
(3.7) 
(162.2) 

(143.7) 
(210.7) 
(47.0) 
(401.4) 
389.8 

12.1 
9.1 
0.3 
364.3 
(0.8) 
385.0 
4.8 
389.8 

These financial statements were approved by the board of directors on 8th February 2008 and were signed on its behalf by 
Anthony Glossop and Tim Haywood. 

Anthony Glossop 
Chairman 

Tim Haywood 
Finance Director 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 68

68 

GROUP CASH FLOW STATEMENT
 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30TH NOVEMBER 2007 

Operating activities 
Profit before interest and tax 
Gains on investment property disposals 
Share of profit of joint ventures and associates (post­tax) 
Investment property revaluation gains 
Depreciation 
Increase in inventories 
Decrease in trade and other receivables 
Decrease/(increase) in trade and other payables 
Share options and share awards 
Pension funding 
Tax received/(paid) 
Net cash (outflow) from operating activities 
Investing activities 
Investment property disposals 
Investment property additions 
Property, plant and equipment additions 
Interest received 
Dividends received 
Net cash (outflow) from investing activities 
Financing activities 
Dividends paid 
Dividends paid to minorities 
Interest paid 
Purchase of own shares 
New borrowings drawn 
Repayment of borrowings 
Net cash inflow from financing activities 
Increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at start of year 
Cash being cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Notes 

9 
7 
8 

4(c) 

6 
18 

2007 
£m 

129.0 
(11.4) 
(12.6) 
(60.3) 
0.6 
(109.2) 
19.1 
1.2 
0.1 
(0.2) 
1.8 
(41.9) 

44.4 
(124.2) 
(0.7) 
1.8 
4.0 
(74.7) 

(12.9) 
(0.6) 
(18.1) 
(0.8) 
159.9 
— 
127.5 
10.9 
7.0 
17.9 

2006 
£m 

112.9 
(27.2) 
(11.0) 
(49.0) 
0.9 
(24.8) 
1.4 
(6.1) 
0.3 
(0.7) 
(7.5) 
(10.8) 

87.5 
(95.5) 
(0.7) 
0.1 
1.6 
(7.0) 

(11.2) 
(0.3) 
(14.6) 
(1.2) 
73.1 
(19.2) 
26.6 
8.8 
(1.8) 
7.0 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 11

14704

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 69

GROUP STATEMENT OF RECOGNISED 
INCOME AND EXPENSE 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30TH NOVEMBER 2007 

69 

Profit for the year 
Pension fund: 
— actuarial gains and losses 
— deferred tax thereon 
Total recognised income and expense 
Attributable to: 
— Equity shareholders of the company 
— Minority interests 
Total recognised income and expense 

Notes 

19 
19 

18 
18 

2007 
£m 
93.7 

(3.3) 
0.9 
91.3 

86.0 
5.3 
91.3 

2006 
£m 
75.9 

2.5 
(0.7) 
77.7 

76.2 
1.5 
77.7 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 70

70 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30TH NOVEMBER 2007
 

Basis of preparation 
The group’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted 
by the EU as they apply to the group for the year ended 30th November 2007 applied in accordance with the provisions of the 
Companies Act 1985. 
The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the revaluation of certain properties, derivative 
financial instruments and the defined benefit section of the group’s pension scheme. 
The group’s functional currency is pounds sterling and its IFRS accounting policies are set out below. 

Basis of consolidation 
The group financial statements consolidate the financial statements of St. Modwen Properties PLC and the entities it controls. 
Control comprises the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the investee and is achieved through direct or 
indirect ownership of voting rights or by contractual agreement. A list of the principal entities is given in note F of the company’s 
financial statements on page 103. 
All entities are consolidated from the date on which the group obtains control, and continue to be consolidated until the date  that 
such control ceases. All intra­group transactions, balances, income and expense are eliminated on consolidation. 
Minority interests represent the portion of profit or loss and net assets in entities that is not held by the group and is presented 
separately within equity in the group balance sheet. 

Interests in joint ventures 
The group recognises its interest in joint ventures using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method, the interest in 
the joint venture is carried in the balance sheet at cost plus post­acquisition changes in the group’s share of its net assets, less 
distributions received and less any impairment in value of individual investments. The income statement reflects the group’s share 
of the jointly controlled entities’ results after interest and tax. 
Financial statements of jointly controlled entities are prepared for the same reporting period as the group. Where necessary, 
adjustments are made to bring the accounting policies used into line with those of the group. 
The group statement of recognised income and expense reflects the group’s share of any income and expense recognised by the 
jointly controlled entities outside the income statement. 

Interests in associates 
The group’s interests in its associates, being those entities over which it has significant influence and which are neither 
subsidiaries nor joint ventures, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting, as described above. 

Other investments 
Other investments, comprising entities over which the group does not have a significant influence, are held at fair value. 

Properties 
Investment properties 
Investment properties, being freehold and leasehold properties held for capital appreciation and/or to earn rental income, are 
carried at fair value following initial recognition at the present value of the consideration payable. To establish fair value, 
investment properties are independently valued on an open market basis. Any surplus or deficit arising is recognised in the income 
statement for the period. 
Once classified as an investment property, a property remains in this category until development with a view to sale is authorised, 
at which point the asset is transferred to inventories at current valuation. 
Where an investment property is being redeveloped for continued use as an investment property, the property remains within 
investment property and any movement in valuation is recognised in the income statement. 
Investment property disposals are recognised on completion. Profits and losses arising are recognised through the income 
statement and the profit on disposal is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of 
the asset. 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 11

14704

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 71

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 71
 

Inventories 
Inventories principally comprise properties held for sale, properties under construction and land under option. 
Pre­sold properties under construction are accounted for at cost plus attributable profit less payments received on account. 
Attributable profit is ascertained based on the estimated outcome of the development and the amount of the work undertaken 
to date. 
All land held under option agreements is intended for use by the group in the normal course of its activities and is recorded at the 
lower of cost and net realisable value within inventories. 
Properties that are anticipated to be sold within twelve months of the balance sheet date are classified as properties held for sale 
within inventories. 
Transfers from investment property are made at book value not cost and are then carried as current assets at the lower of this 
value and net realisable value. Net realisable value is based on estimated selling price less any further costs expected to be 
incurred to completion and disposal. 
Properties acquired from third parties exclusively with a view to sale are carried at the lower of cost and net realisable value 
within inventories. 

Finance costs 
Finance costs incurred are not capitalised, but written off to the income statement on an accruals basis. 

Operating property, plant and equipment 
Operating property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. 
Such cost includes costs directly attributable to making the asset capable of operating as intended. 
Depreciation is provided on all operating property, plant and equipment at rates calculated to write off the cost less estimated 
residual value, based on prices prevailing at the balance sheet date, of each asset evenly over its expected useful life as follows: 
— over the shorter of the lease term and 25 years 
Leasehold operating properties 
— over 2 to 5 years 
Plant, machinery and equipment 
Freehold properties, which comprise land, are not depreciated. 

Leases 
Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of 
ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases. 
Non­property assets held under finance leases are capitalised at the inception of the lease with a corresponding liability being 
recognised for the fair value of the leased asset or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments 
are apportioned between the reduction of the lease liability and finance charges in the income statement so as to achieve a 
constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Non­property assets held under finance leases are depreciated 
over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset and the lease term. 
Leasehold investment properties are accounted for as finance leases with the present value of guaranteed minimum ground rents 
included within the carrying value of the property and within long­term liabilities. On payment of a guaranteed ground rent, 
virtually all of the cost is charged to the income statement, as interest payable, and the balance reduces the liability. 
Rentals payable under operating leases are charged in the income statement on a straight­line basis over the lease term. 

Lease incentives 
Lease incentives, including rent­free periods and payments to tenants, are allocated to the income statement on a straight­line 
basis over the lease term. 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 72

72 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 

Trade and other receivables 
Trade receivables are recognised and carried at the lower of their original invoiced value and recoverable amount. Provision 
is made when there is evidence that the group will not be able to recover balances in full. Balances are written off when 
the probability of recovery is assessed as being remote. 

Trade and other payables 
Trade and other payables on deferred payment terms are initially recorded by discounting the nominal amount payable 
to net present value. The discount to nominal value is amortised over the period of the deferred arrangement and charged 
to finance costs. 

Interest bearing loans and borrowings 
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at fair value less directly attributable transaction costs. After initial recognition, 
loans and borrowings are measured at amortised cost. 

Gains and losses arising on the repurchase, settlement or otherwise cancellation of liabilities are recognised respectively 
in finance income and finance expense. 

Income taxes 
Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from, or paid to, the taxation authorities, 
based on tax rates and laws that are enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. 
The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the income 
statement because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes 
items that are never taxable or deductible. 
Deferred income tax is recognised on all temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their 
carrying amounts in the financial statements, using the rates of tax expected to apply based on legislation enacted or substantively 
enacted at the balance sheet date, with the following exceptions: 

in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, where 
the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will 
not reverse in the foreseeable future; and 
deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which 
the deductible temporary differences, carried forward tax credits or tax losses can be utilised. 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured on an undiscounted basis at the tax rates that are expected to apply when 
the related asset is realised or liability is settled, based on tax rates and laws substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current 
tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same authority and the group intends to settle its current tax 
assets and liabilities on a net basis. 
Income tax is charged or credited directly to equity if it relates to items that are credited or charged to equity. Otherwise, income 
tax is recognised in the income statement. 

Derivative financial instruments and hedging 
The group uses derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps to hedge its risks associated with interest rate 
fluctuations. Such instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date on which a contract is entered into and are 
subsequently remeasured at fair value. The group has determined that the derivative financial instruments in use do not qualify 
for hedge accounting and, consequently, any gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of derivatives are taken to the 
income statement. 

Pensions 
The group operates a pension scheme with both defined benefit and defined contribution sections. The defined benefit section 
is closed to new members. 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 11

14704

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
	 
●
	 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 73

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 73
 

The cost of providing benefits under the defined benefit section is determined using the projected unit credit method, which 
attributes entitlement to benefits to the current period (to determine current service cost) and to the current and prior periods 
(to determine the present value of defined benefit obligation) and is based on actuarial advice. Past service costs are recognised 
in the income statement immediately if the benefits have vested. 
The interest element of the defined benefit cost represents the change in present value of scheme obligations resulting from 
the passage of time and is determined by applying the discount rate to the opening present value of the benefit obligation, taking 
into account material changes in the obligation during the year. The expected return on plan assets is based on an assessment 
made at the beginning of the year of long­term market returns on scheme assets, adjusted for the effect on the fair value of plan 
assets of contributions received and benefits paid during the year. The difference between the expected return on plan assets and 
the interest cost is recognised in the income statement as other finance income or expense. 
Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the statement of recognised income and expense in the year in which they 
occur. The defined benefit pension asset or liability in the balance sheet comprises the present value of the defined benefit 
obligation, less any past service cost not yet recognised and less the fair value of plan assets out of which the obligations 
are to be settled directly. 
In periods when the defined benefit section of the group’s pension scheme is in surplus, the directors review the recoverability of 
this surplus to determine whether recognition, in part or in full, is appropriate at the balance sheet date. 
Contributions to defined contribution schemes are recognised in the income statement in the year in which they become payable. 

Own shares 
St. Modwen Properties PLC shares held by the group are classified in shareholders’ equity and are recognised at cost. 

Dividends 
Dividends declared after the balance sheet date are not recognised as liabilities at the balance sheet date. 

Revenue recognition 
Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that economic benefits will flow to the group and the revenue can be reliably 
measured. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received, excluding discounts, rebates, VAT and other sales 
taxes or duty. The following criteria must also be met before revenue is recognised: 

Sale of property 
Revenue arising from the sale of property is recognised on legal completion of the sale. Where revenue is earned for development 
of property not owned, this is recognised when the group has substantially fulfilled its obligations in respect of the transaction. 

Construction contracts 
Revenue arising from construction contracts is recognised only when the outcome of the contract can be ascertained with 
reasonable certainty. The amount of revenue recognised is based on the estimated outcome and the amount of the work 
undertaken to date. 

Rental income 
Rental income arising from investment properties is accounted for on a straight­line basis over the lease term. 

Share­based payments 
The group accounts for its share option schemes as cash­settled share­based payments as new shares are not issued to satisfy 
employee share option plans. The cost of cash­settled transactions is measured at fair value using an appropriate option pricing 
model and amortised through the income statement over the vesting period. The liability is remeasured at each balance sheet 
date. Revisions to the fair value of the accrued liability after the end of the vesting period are recorded in the income statement of 
the year in which they occur. 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents comprises cash balances and short­term deposits with banks. 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 74

74 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 

1

2

Use of estimates and judgements 
To be able to prepare accounts according to generally accepted accounting principles, management must make estimates and 
assumptions that affect the asset and liability items and revenue and expense amounts recorded in the financial accounts. These 
estimates are based on the group’s systems of internal control, historical experience and the advice of external experts (including 
qualified professional valuers and actuaries) together with various other assumptions that management and the board of directors 
believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The results of these considerations form the basis for making judgements about 
the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily available from other sources. 

The areas requiring the use of estimates and critical judgements that may significantly impact the group’s earnings and financial 
position are: 

revenue and cost recognition on developments between current and future periods. A number of the group’s projects and 
contracts span more than one accounting period and management make judgements, based on the group’s systems of internal 
control, as to how revenues and costs should be allocated between periods; 
valuation of investment properties. The group’s investment properties are valued by a qualified external valuer at market value; 
estimation of remediation and other costs to complete for both development and investment properties. In making an 
assessment of these costs there is inherent uncertainty and the group has developed systems of internal control to assess and 
review carrying values and the appropriateness of estimates made; 
the calculation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, together with assessment of the recoverability of deferred tax assets; 
calculation of the net present value of pension scheme liabilities. In calculating this liability it is necessary for actuarial 
assumptions to be made, including discount and mortality rates and the long term rate of return upon scheme assets. The 
group engages a qualified actuary to assist with determining the assumptions to be made and evaluating these liabilities. 

Impact of standards and interpretations in issue but not yet effective 
The group has considered all new IASB and IFRIC standards and interpretations with an effective date after the date of this 
financial information. The new standards and interpretations that may have an impact on the group financial statements are: 

Financial Instruments: Disclosures 
Amendment — Presentation of Financial Statements: Capital Disclosures 
Amendment — Borrowing Costs 

IFRS 7 
IAS 1 
IAS 23 
IRFIC 14–IAS 19  The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset 
Operating Segments 
IFRS 8 
Amendment — Comprehensive Amendment 
IAS 1 
Amendment — Comprehensive Amendment 
IFRS 3 
Amendment — Amendments relating to puttable instruments and 
IAS 32 
obligations arising on liquidation 

Applicable period 
Year ending 30th November 2008 
Year ending 30th November 2008 
Year ending 30th November 2009 
Year ending 30th November 2009 
Year ending 30th November 2010 
Year ending 30th November 2010 
Year ending 30th November 2010 
Year ending 30th November 2010 

	  Upon adoption of IFRS 7, the group will have to disclose additional information about its financial instruments, their significance 
and the nature and extent of risks that they give rise to. More specifically, the group will need to disclose the fair value of its 
financial instruments and its risk exposure in greater detail. There will be no effect on reported income or net assets. 
The directors do not consider that the adoption of IAS 1 in respect of capital disclosures will have a material impact on the 
group’s financial statements in the period of initial application. 
The directors have adopted the principles of IFRIC 14–IAS 19 in assessing the recoverability of the group’s defined benefit 
pension asset. 
The directors are currently assessing the impact of the amendments to IAS 23 and 32; IFRS 8; and the comprehensive 
amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS 3 (and the consequential amendments to IAS 27, 28 and 29). 

The adoption of the following IASB and IFRIC standards and interpretations are not expected to have an impact on the financial 
statements of the group. 

IFRS 11–IFRS 2  Group and Treasury Share Transactions 
IFRIC 12 
IFRIC 13 

Service Concession Agreements 
Customer Loyalty Programmes 

Applicable period 
Year ending 30th November 2008 
Year ending 30th November 2009 
Year ending 30th November 2009 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 11

14704

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 75

NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS
 

75 

1  REVENUE AND GROSS PROFIT
 

Revenue 
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 

Revenue 
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 

Rental 
£m 
30.3 
(4.0) 
26.3 

Development 
£m 
91.1 
(58.7) 
32.4 

Rental 
£m 
29.4 
(5.1) 
24.3 

Development 
£m 
92.9 
(78.3) 
14.6 

2007 

2006 

Other 
£m 
6.1 
(3.7) 
2.4 

Other 
£m 
5.8 
(3.4) 
2.4 

Total 
£m 
127.5 
(66.4) 
61.1 

Total 
£m 
128.1 
(86.8) 
41.3 

The group operates exclusively in the UK and all of its revenues derive from its portfolio of properties which the group 
manages as one business. Therefore, the financial statements and related notes represent the results and financial position 
of the group’s sole business segment. 
The group’s total revenue for 2007 was £134.2m (2006: £133.3m) and in addition to the amounts above included service charge 
income of £4.9m (2006: £4.8m), for which there was a corresponding expense, and interest income of £1.8m (2006: £0.4m). 
Property operating expenses relating to investment properties that did not generate any rental income were £0.2m 
(2006: £0.1m). 

2 

OTHER INCOME STATEMENT DISCLOSURES 
a. Administrative expenses 

Depreciation 
Operating lease costs 

b. Auditors’ remuneration 

2007 
£’000 
611 
766 

2006 
£’000 
875 
55 

2007 

Deloitte & Touche  Ernst & Young 
LLP 
£’000 

LLP 
£’000 

2006 
Ernst & Young 
LLP 
£’000 

Fees paid to auditors in respect of: 
— Fees payable for the audit of the company’s annual accounts 
— The audit of subsidiary companies and joint ventures pursuant to legislation 
— Other services pursuant to legislation 
— Tax services 
— Services related to recruitment and remuneration 
— Other services 
Total fees 

105 
90 
25 
167 
86 
— 
473 

— 
5 
— 
— 
44 
— 
49 

156 
104 
25 
95 
— 
36 
416 

The 2007 figures shown include fees paid to Deloitte & Touche LLP prior to their appointment, and Ernst & Young post their 
resignation, as auditors. The above amounts include all amounts charged by the group auditors in respect of joint venture 
undertakings. 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 76

76 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 

2

3

2  OTHER INCOME STATEMENT DISCLOSURES (CONTINUED) 

c. Employees 
The average number of full­time employees (including directors) employed by the group during the year was as follows: 

Property 
Leisure and other activities 
Administration 

The total payroll costs of these employees were: 

Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Pension costs 
Share based payments 

2007 
(number) 
129 
68 
44 
241 

2006 
(number) 
126 
71 
46 
243 

2007 
£m 
12.1 
1.5 
0.8 
— 
14.4 

2006 
£m 
10.3 
1.3 
0.8 
3.1 
15.5 

Details of the directors’ remuneration is given in the directors’ remuneration report on pages 55 to 61. 

d. Share­based payments 
The group has a save as you earn share option scheme open to all employees. Employees must remain in service for a period 
of five years from the date of grant before exercising their options. The option period ends six months following the end of the 
vesting period. The group also has an executive share option scheme and performance share plan (“PSP”), full details of 
which are given in the directors’ remuneration report on pages 55 to 61. 

The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise price of, and movements in, share options during 
the year. As the PSP includes the grant of options at nil exercise price, the weighted average prices below are calculated 
including and excluding the options under this plan: 

Outstanding at start of year 
Granted 
Lapsed 
Exercised 

Outstanding at end of year 

Exercisable at year end 

Number of 
options 
3,390,130 
685,043 
(12,838) 
(445,898) 

3,616,437 

1,562,731 

2007 

2006 

Weighted average price 
All options £  Excluding PSP £ 
2.69 
5.29 
(2.48) 
(1.55) 

2.69 
3.88 
(2.48) 
(1.55) 

Number of 
options 
3,708,371 
615,267 
(261,331) 
(672,177) 

Weighted average price 
All options £  Excluding PSP £ 
2.19 
4.72 
(3.00) 
(1.62) 

2.19 
4.72 
(3.00) 
(1.62) 

3.06 

1.77 

3.23 

3,390,130 

1.77 

1,290,972 

2.69 

1.34 

2.69 

1.34 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 11

14704

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 77

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 77
 

2  OTHER INCOME STATEMENT DISCLOSURES (CONTINUED) 

Share options are priced using a Black­Scholes valuation model. The fair values calculated and the assumptions used are 
as follows: 

Fair value of 
balance sheet 
liability 
£m 
6.2 
8.2 

Risk­free 
interest rate 
% 
4.6–5.3 
5.3 

Expected 
volatility 
% 
24.0–40.4 
20.0 

Dividend 
yield 
% 
2.3 
2.2 

Share 
price 
£* 
4.69 
5.38 

As at 30th November 2007 
As at 30th November 2006 

* Based on 90 day moving average. 

In arriving at fair value it has been assumed that all shares options are exercised on the day of vesting. Expected volatility was 
determined by reference to the historical volatility of the group’s share price over a period consistent with the expected life of 
the options. 

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise was £5.90 (2006: £4.89). The executive share options outstanding at 
the year end had a range of exercise prices between 103.5p and 538.0p (2006: 81.5p and 478.0p) with PSP options exercisable at 
£nil. Outstanding options had a weighted average remaining contractual life of 6.1 years (2006: 6.2 years). 

3 

FINANCE COST AND FINANCE INCOME 

Interest payable on borrowings 
Amortisation of discount on deferred payment arrangements 
Amortisation of refinancing expenses 
Head rents treated as finance leases 
Movement in market value of interest rate derivatives (note 15) 
Interest on pension scheme liabilities (note 19) 
Total finance cost 
Interest receivable on cash deposits 
Movement in market value of interest rate derivatives (note 15) 
Expected return on pension scheme assets (note 19) 
Total finance income 

2007 
£m 
(19.6) 
(9.9) 
(0.6) 
(0.2) 
(0.7) 
(1.5) 
(32.5) 
1.8 
— 
1.8 
3.6 

2006 
£m 
(14.3) 
(3.8) 
(0.2) 
(0.2) 
— 
(1.5) 
(20.0) 
0.4 
2.0 
1.6 
4.0 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 78

78 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 

4 

TAXATION 
a. Tax on profit on ordinary activities 

4

Tax charged in the income statement 
Corporation tax charge 
Tax on current year profits 
Adjustments in respect of previous years 

Deferred tax (credit)/charge 
(Reversal)/origination of temporary differences 
Impact of current year revaluations 
Adjustments in respect of previous years 

Total tax charge in the income statement 

Tax relating to items charged or credited to equity 
Deferred tax 
Actuarial gains and losses on pension schemes (note 19) 
Tax (credit)/charge in the statement of total recognised income and expense 

b. Reconciliation of effective tax rate 

Profit before tax 
Less: Joint ventures and associates 
Pre­tax profit attributable to the group 
Corporation tax at 30% 
Permanent differences 
Release of temporary differences in respect of industrial buildings 
Release of deferred tax following rate change from 30% to 28% 
Recognition of deferred tax asset for losses previously unrecognised 
Investment property revaluation gains 
Differences between chargeable gains and accounting profit 
Current year charge 
Adjustments in respect of previous years 

Effective rate of tax 

2007 
£m 

8.1 
(0.1) 
8.0 

(11.7) 
11.8 
(1.7) 
(1.6) 
6.4 

2006 
£m 

11.7 
(1.7) 
10.0 

0.6 
9.6 
0.8 
11.0 
21.0 

(0.9) 
(0.9) 

0.7 
0.7 

2007 
Total 
tax 
£m 
100.1 
(12.6) 
87.5 
26.3 
1.6 
(6.7) 
(2.9) 
(6.1) 
(3.3) 
(0.7) 
8.2 
(1.8) 
6.4 
7% 

2006 
Total 
tax 
£m 
96.9 
(11.0) 
85.9 
25.8 
2.2 
— 
— 
— 
(5.0) 
(1.1) 
21.9 
(0.9) 
21.0 

24% 

The post tax results of Joint Ventures and Associates are stated after a tax charge of £2.8m (2006: £2.7m). the effective tax rate 
for the Group including Joint Ventures and Associates is 8.9% (2006: 23.8%). 
The UK Government announced that balancing allowances and balancing charges on industrial buildings were to be abolished 
wih effect from 21st March 2007. Accordingly, temporary differences in respect of industrial buildings held for rental have been 
released. 
The UK Government announced that they would reduce the corporation tax rate for large companies to 28% with effect from 
1st April 2008. Accordingly, deferred tax adjustments have been restated to 28% as this is the rate at which they are expected to 
reverse. 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 11

14704

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 79

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 79
 

4 

TAXATION (CONTINUED) 
c. Balance sheet 

Balance at start of the year 
Charge to the income statement 
Charge directly to equity 
Net refund/(payment) 
Other 
Balance at end of the year 

2007 

2006 

Corporation 
tax 
£m 
3.7 
8.0 
— 
1.8 
(1.2) 
12.3 

Deferred 
tax 
£m 
47.0 
(1.6) 
(0.9) 
— 
(5.7) 
38.8 

Corporation 
tax 
£m 
1.7 
10.0 
— 
(7.5) 
(0.5) 
3.7 

Deferred 
tax 
£m 
35.3 
11.0 
0.7 
— 
— 
47.0 

An analysis of the deferred tax provided by the group is given below: 

Asset 
£m 
— 
— 
— 
(14.3) 
(14.3) 

2007 
Liability 
£m 
48.4 
2.8 
1.4 
0.5 
53.1 

Net 
£m 
48.4 
2.8 
1.4 
(13.8) 
38.8 

Asset 
£m 
— 
— 
— 
(5.4) 
(5.4) 

2006 
Liability 
£m 
39.2 
7.3 
1.4 
4.5 
52.4 

Net 
£m 
39.2 
7.3 
1.4 
(0.9) 
47.0 

Property revaluations 
Capital allowances 
Appropriations to trading stock 
Other temporary differences 

There is no unprovided deferred tax. 

d. Factors that may affect future tax charges 
Based on current capital investment plans, the group expects to continue to be able to claim capital allowances in excess of 
depreciation in future years. 

The benefits of any tax planning are not recognised by the group until the outcome is reasonably certain. 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 80

80 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 

5  EARNINGS PER SHARE 

7

The group’s share option schemes are accounted for as cash­settled share­based payments as it is the group’s practice not to 
issue new shares in satisfaction of employee options. The potential dilutive effect on earnings per share on the assumption that 
such shares were to be issued is set out below: 

Weighted number of shares in issue* 
Weighted number of dilutive shares† 

Earnings (basic and diluted) 

Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

2007 
Number of 
shares 
120,636,100 
1,506,851 
122,142,951 

2006 
Number of 
shares 
120,628,368 
76,550 
120,704,918 

2007 
£m 
88.4 

2007 
pence 
73.3 
72.4 

2006 
£m 
74.4 

2006 
pence 
61.6 
61.6 

* Shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust are excluded from the above calculations. 

† In calculating diluted earnings per share, earnings have been adjusted for changes which would have resulted from the 
option being classified as equity settled. The number of shares included in the calculation has also been adjusted accordingly. 

6 

DIVIDENDS 
Dividends paid during the year comprised the final dividend in respect of 2006 and the interim dividend in respect of 2007. The 
proposed final dividend is subject to approval at the Annual General Meeting and has not been included as a liability in these 
financial statements. 

Paid 
Final dividend in respect of previous year 
Interim dividend in respect of current year 
Total 
Proposed 
Current year final dividend 

The Employee Benefit Trust waives its entitlement to dividends. 

2007 

2006 

p per share 

£m 

p per share 

6.8 
3.9 
10.7 

7.8 

8.2 
4.7 
12.9 

9.4 

5.9 
3.4 
9.3 

6.8 

£m 

7.1 
4.1 
11.2 

8.2 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 11

14704

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 81

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 81
 

7 

INVESTMENT PROPERTY
 

Fair value 
At 30th November 2005 
Additions — new properties 
Other additions 
Transfers to inventories (note 11) 
Disposals 
Surplus on revaluation 
At 30th November 2006 
Additions — new properties 
Other additions 
Transfers to inventories (note 11) 
Disposals 
Surplus on revaluation 
At 30th November 2007 

Freehold 
investment 
properties 
£m 

Leasehold 
investment 
properties 
£m 

349.1 
21.7 
51.3 
(5.1) 
(50.6) 
29.1 
395.5 
38.0 
32.4 
(13.2) 
(21.6) 
42.3 
473.4 

132.1 
176.9 
21.7 
— 
(9.7) 
19.9 
340.9 
5.0 
31.3 
(20.9) 
(0.8) 
18.0 
373.5 

Total 
£m 

481.2 
198.6 
73.0 
(5.1) 
(60.3) 
49.0 
736.4 
43.0 
63.7 
(34.1) 
(22.4) 
60.3 
846.9 

Investment properties were valued at 30th November 2007 and 2006 by King Sturge & Co, Chartered Surveyors, in accordance
 
with the Appraisal and Valuation Manual of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors, on the basis of market value.
 

Included within leasehold investment properties are £3.9m (2006: £3.9m) of assets held under finance leases.
 

Further details of the movements in investment property are given on pages 20, 21 and 24 of the business review.
 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 82

82 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 

8  OPERATING PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 

9

Cost 
At 30th November 2005 
Additions 
At 30th November 2006 
Additions 
At 30th November 2007 
Depreciation 
At 30th November 2005 
Charge for the year 
At 30th November 2006 
Charge for the year 
At 30th November 2007 
Net book value 
At 30th November 2005 
At 30th November 2006 
At 30th November 2007 

Tenure of operating properties: 

Freehold 
Leasehold 

Plant, 
machinery 
and 
equipment 
£m 

Operating 
properties 
£m 

2.4 
0.2 
2.6 
— 
2.6 

0.2 
0.2 
0.4 
— 
0.4 

2.2 
2.2 
2.2 

3.1 
0.5 
3.6 
0.7 
4.3 

1.3 
0.7 
2.0 
0.6 
2.6 

1.8 
1.6 
1.7 

2007 
£m 
0.3 
1.9 
2.2 

Total 
£m 

5.5 
0.7 
6.2 
0.7 
6.9 

1.5 
0.9 
2.4 
0.6 
3.0 

4.0 
3.8 
3.9 

2006 
£m 
0.3 
1.9 
2.2 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 11

14704

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 83

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 83
 

9 

JOINT VENTURES, ASSOCIATES AND OTHER INVESTMENTS 
The group’s share of the trading results for the year of its joint ventures and associates is: 

Key Property 
Investments 
Limited 
£m 

2007 

Other joint 
ventures 
£m 

Income statements 
Revenue 
Net rental income 
Development profit 
Gains on disposals of investment/ 
investment properties 
Investment property revaluation gains 
Administrative expenses 
Profit before interest and tax 
Finance  cost 
Finance income 
Profit before tax 
Taxation 
Profit for the year 
Group’s share of associate’s profit (27%) 

35.6 
8.5 
4.3 

4.4 
1.8 
(0.1) 
18.9 
(5.8) 
0.1 
13.2 
(2.1) 
11.1 

5.5 
0.1 
2.0 

— 
0.7 
— 
2.8 
(0.7) 
— 
2.1 
(0.7) 
1.4 

Key Property 
Investments 
Limited 
£m 

2006 

Other joint 
ventures 
£m 

10.7 
8.7 
(0.3) 

1.9 
6.1 
(0.1) 
16.3 
(5.5) 
0.7 
11.5 
(2.2) 
9.3 

3.9 
0.2 
1.2 

— 
0.5 
— 
1.9 
(0.3) 
— 
1.6 
(0.5) 
1.1 

Total 
£m 

41.1 
8.6 
6.3 

4.4 
2.5 
(0.1) 
21.7 
(6.5) 
0.1 
15.3 
(2.8) 
12.5 
0.1 
12.6 

Total 
£m 

14.6 
8.9 
0.9 

1.9 
6.6 
(0.1) 
18.2 
(5.8) 
0.7 
13.1 
(2.7) 
10.4 
0.6 
11.0 

During the year ended 30th November 2007 the group disposed of its entire shareholding in Northern Racing PLC, realising a 
profit of £6.7m. This gain is recorded as part of “Gains on disposal of investments/investment properties”. 

The group’s share of the balance sheet of its joint ventures and associates, together with the cost of other investments, is: 

Key Property 
Investments 
Limited 
£m 

2007 

Other joint 
ventures 
£m 

Balance Sheets 
Non­current assets 
Current assets 
Current liabilities 
Non­current liabilities 
Net assets 
Equity at start of year 
Profit for the year 
Dividends paid 
Equity at end of year 
Group’s share of joint ventures’ net assets 
Group’s share of associate’s net assets 
Investment in Stoke on Trent Community 
Stadium Development Company Limited 

136.7 
26.2 
(10.4) 
(83.1) 
69.4 
62.3 
11.1 
(4.0) 
69.4 

6.8 
17.7 
(5.5) 
(13.6) 
5.4 
4.0 
1.4 
— 
5.4 

Key Property 
Investments 
Limited 
£m 

2006 

Other joint 
ventures 
£m 

145.4 
21.0 
(5.6) 
(98.5) 
62.3 
54.5 
9.3 
(1.5) 
62.3 

4.5 
7.8 
(0.9) 
(7.4) 
4.0 
2.9 
1.1 
— 
4.0 

Total 
£m 

143.5 
43.9 
(15.9) 
(96.7) 
74.8 
66.3 
12.5 
(4.0) 
74.8 
74.8 
— 

0.6 
75.4 

Total 
£m 

149.9 
28.8 
(6.5) 
(105.9) 
66.3 
57.4 
10.4 
(1.5) 
66.3 
66.3 
11.0 

0.6 
77.9 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 84

84 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 

9 

JOINT VENTURES, ASSOCIATES AND OTHER INVESTMENTS (CONTINUED) 
Joint venture companies, associates and other investments comprise: 

Name 
Key Property Investments Limited 
Barton Business Park Limited 
Sowcrest Limited 
Holaw (462) Limited 
Shaw Park Developments Limited 
Stoke on Trent Community Stadium 
Development Company Limited 

Status 
Joint venture 
Joint venture 
Joint venture 
Joint venture 
Joint venture 

Interest 
50% 
50% 
50% 
50% 
50% 

Activity 
Property investment and development 
Property development 
Property development 
Property investment 
Property development 

Other investment 

15% 

Stadium operator 

Many of the joint ventures contain change of control provisions, as is common for such arrangements. 

Further details of the movements in joint ventures, associates and other investments are given in pages 21 and 25 of the 
business review. 

10 

TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES 

Non­current 
Other debtors 
Derivative financial instruments (note 15) 
Pension fund surplus (note 19) 

Current 
Trade receivables 
Prepayments and accrued income 
Other debtors 
Amounts due from joint ventures 
Derivative financial instruments (note 15) 

2007 
£m 

8.9 
— 
— 
8.9 

5.0 
1.7 
19.7 
3.2 
2.0 
31.6 

2006 
£m 

— 
1.2 
2.8 
4.0 

2.6 
2.6 
45.0 
7.6 
0.6 
58.4 

11

12

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 11

14704

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 85

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 85
 

2007 
£m 
88.5 
100.0 
20.8 
209.3 

2006 
£m 
37.9 
10.8 
17.2 
65.9 

£m 
36.1 
103.0 
5.1 
(78.3) 
65.9 
168.0 
34.1 
(58.7) 
209.3 

11 

INVENTORIES
 

Properties held for sale 
Properties under construction 
Land under option 

The movement in inventories during the two years ended 30th November 2007 is as follows: 

Balance at 30th November 2005 
Additions 
Transfers from investment property (note 7) 
Disposals (transferred to cost of sales) (note 1) 
Balance at 30th November 2006 
Additions 
Transfers from investment property (note 7) 
Disposals (transferred to cost of sales) (note 1) 
Balance at 30th November 2007 

The directors consider all inventories to be current in nature. The operational cycle is such that a proportion of inventories 
will not be realised within 12 months. It is not possible to determine with accuracy when specific inventory will be realised as 
this will be subject to a number of issues including the strength of the property market. 
As at 30th November 2007 £12.4m of inventory was pledged as security for the group’s loan facilities. 

12 

TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES 

Current 
Trade payables 
Amounts due to joint ventures 
Other payables and accrued expenses 
Other payables on deferred terms 
Derivative financial instruments (note 15) 

Non­current 
Other payables and accrued expenses 
Other payables on deferred terms 
Finance lease liabilities (head rents) (note 14) 

2007 
£m 

5.6 
4.1 
45.9 
70.5 
1.2 
127.3 

3.1 
121.0 
3.9 
128.0 

2006 
£m 

4.9 
0.1 
43.8 
60.2 
0.3 
109.3 

1.9 
138.9 
2.9 
143.7 

The payment terms of the other payables on deferred terms, all of which relate to VSM Estates (Holdings) Limited, are subject 
to contractual commitments which are expected to allow for realisation of the related assets and settlement of the liability on 
a basis which is at least cash neutral over a minimum period of ten years. 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 86

86 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 

13  BORROWINGS
 

13

Current 
Bank loans 
Floating rate unsecured loan notes 

Non­current 
Bank loans repayable between two and five years 
Bank loans repayable after more than five years 

2007 
£m 

— 
0.4 
0.4 

295.4 
124.0 
419.4 

2006 
£m 

48.8 
0.4 
49.2 

129.4 
81.3 
210.7 

All bank borrowings are secured by a fixed charge over the group’s property assets. 

Maturity profile of committed bank facilities 
The majority of the group’s bank debt is provided by bilateral revolving credit facilities, providing the flexibility to draw and 
repay loans as required. The maturity profile of the group’s committed facilities is set out below. 

Floating rate borrowings 

Interest rate swaps 

2007 

Drawn 
£m 
0.4 
— 
— 
164.7 
130.7 
124.0 
419.8 

Drawn 
£m 
48.8 
— 
— 
47.0 
82.4 
81.3 
259.5 

Undrawn 
£m 
5.0 
— 
— 
85.3 
13.3 
46.0 
149.6 

Floating rate borrowings 

Undrawn 
£m 
16.2 
— 
— 
80.3 
22.6 
79.2 
198.3 

Total 
£m 
5.4 
— 
— 
250.0 
144.0 
170.0 
569.4 

Total 
£m 
65.0 
— 
— 
127.3 
105.0 
160.5 
457.8 

Earliest termination 
£m 
60.0 
80.0 
80.0 
20.0 
— 
— 
240.0 

%* 
4.82 
4.70 
5.54 
4.48 
— 
— 
4.99 

Latest termination 
£m 
30.0 
— 
30.0 
80.0 
80.0 
20.0 
240.0 

%* 
5.17 
— 
4.47 
4.71 
5.54 
4.47 
4.99 

2006 

Interest rate swaps 

Earliest termination 
£m 
— 
60.0 
80.0 
— 
20.0 
— 
160.0 

%* 
— 
4.82 
4.71 
— 
4.47 
— 
4.72 

Latest termination 
£m 
— 
30.0 
— 
30.0 
80.0 
20.0 
160.0 

%* 
— 
5.17 
— 
4.47 
4.71 
4.47 
4.72 

Less than one year 
One to two years 
Two to three years 
Three to four years 
Four to five years 
More than five years 
Total 

Less than one year 
One to two years 
Two to three years 
Three to four years 
Four to five years 
More than five years 
Total 

* Weighted average interest rate. 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 11

14704

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 87

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 87
 

13  BORROWINGS (CONTINUED) 

Most of the interest rate swaps are extendable at the bank’s option; therefore, the tables above show the dates of normal 
termination and extended termination. 

£40m (2006: £79m) of the undrawn committed bank facilities are ring fenced for VSM Estates (Holdings) Limited. 

Interest payable on the above loans is at a weighted average of 7.1% (2006: 6.0%) before taking into account the effects of the 
hedging. At 30th November 2007 the weighted average facility maturity of the bank debt was 5 years (2006: 5 years). 

Interest rate profile 
The interest rate profile of the group’s borrowings after taking into account the effects of its interest rate derivative financial 
instruments is: 

Total 
£m 
419.8 
259.5 

Floating 
Rate Debt 
£m 
179.8 
99.5 

Fixed 
Rate Debt 
£m 
240.0 
160.0 

Weighted 
average 
fixed 
interest 
rate 
(%) 
4.99 
4.72 

Weighted 
maturity of 
derivatives 

(years)* 
1.75 
2.25 

At 30th November 2007 
At 30th November 2006 

* Based on earliest termination dates. 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 88

88 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 

14  LEASING 

Operating lease commitments where the group is the lessee 
The group leases certain of its premises, motor vehicles and office equipment under operating leases. Future aggregate 
minimum lease rentals payable under non­cancellable operating leases are as follows: 

15

In one year or less 
Between one and five years 
In five years or more 

2007 
Other 
£m 
0.8 
0.7 
0.2 
1.7 

2006 
Other 
£m 
0.6 
0.8 
0.2 
1.6 

Operating leases where the group is the lessor 
The group leases out its investment properties under operating leases. The future aggregate minimum rentals receivable 
under non­cancellable operating leases are as follows: 

In one year or less 
Between one and five years 
In five years or more 

2007 
£m 
27.0 
74.8 
140.0 
241.8 

2006 
£m 
22.9 
59.9 
114.6 
197.4 

Contingent rents, calculated as a percentage of turnover for a limited number of tenants, of £0.3m (2006: £0.4m) were 
recognised during the year. 

Obligations under finance leases 
Finance lease liabilities are payable as follows: 

Less than one year 
Between one and five years 
More than five years 

Less than one year 
Between one and five years 
More than five years 

Minimum lease 
payments 
£m 
0.2 
0.8 
68.1 
69.1 

Minimum lease 
payments 
£m 
0.2 
0.8 
68.3 
69.3 

2007 

Interest 
£m 
0.2 
0.8 
64.2 
65.2 

2006 

Interest 
£m 
0.2 
0.8 
65.4 
66.4 

Principal 
£m 
— 
— 
3.9 
3.9 

Principal 
£m 
— 
— 
2.9 
2.9 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 11

14704

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 89

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 89
 

15  DERIVATIVES AND OTHER FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

The group manages its interest rate risk through interest rate swaps with the objective of fixing two­thirds of its floating rate 
debt. Typically interest rate swaps have a maturity of 3 to 5 years at inception and the majority are in the form of knock­out 
options. The group’s finance strategy is discussed in more detail in the business review. 

The counter­parties to all derivative financial instruments are UK and European banks, all of whom also lend to the group. 

Non­current assets 
Current assets 
Current liabilities 
Non­current liabilities 

Net value 

Amount credited/(charged) to the income statement 

Balance 
at 30th 
November 
2005 
£m 
0.1 
0.2 
(0.4) 
(0.4) 

(0.5) 

Mark to 
market 
£m 
1.1 
0.4 
0.1 
0.4 

Balance 
at 30th 
November 
2006 
£m 
1.2 
0.6 
(0.3) 
— 

1.5 

2.0 

Mark to 
market 
£m 
(1.2) 
1.4 
(0.9) 
— 

Balance 
at 30th 
November 
2007 
£m 
— 
2.0 
(1.2) 
— 

0.8 

(0.7) 

All other financial assets and liabilities are non­interest bearing with a fair value equivalent to their cost with the following 
exceptions: 

— cash, which earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates; and 

— finance leases, which have a fair value of £3.9m (2006: £2.9m). 

The group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its trade and other receivables. The amounts in the balance sheet are net of 
allowances for doubtful receivables. An allowance for impairment is made where there is an identified loss event which, based 
on previous experience, is evidence of a reduction in the recoverability of the cash flows. 

Further details of the group’s risk policies and financial instruments are provided in the business review on page 23. 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 90

90 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 

18

19

16  SHARE CAPITAL
 

Authorised: 
Equity share capital 

150,000,000 

Ordinary 10p shares 

Allotted and fully paid: 
Equity share capital 

120,773,954 

Ordinary 10p shares 

See note 2d for details of outstanding options to acquire ordinary shares. 

2007 
£m 

2006 
£m 

15.0 

15.0 

12.1 

12.1 

17 

RESERVES

At 30th November 2005 
Profit for the year attributable to shareholders 
Pension fund actuarial gains and losses (note 19) 
Net share acquisitions 
Dividends paid (note 6) 
At 30th November 2006 
Profit for the year attributable to shareholders 
Pension fund actuarial gains and losses (note 19) 
Net share disposals  
Dividends paid (note 6) 
At 30th November 2007 

Share 
premium 
account 
£m 
9.1 
— 
— 
— 
— 
9.1 
— 
— 
— 
— 
9.1 

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m 
0.3 
— 
— 
— 
— 
0.3 
— 
— 
— 
— 
0.3 

Retained 
earnings 
£m 
299.3 
74.4 
1.8 
— 
(11.2) 
364.3 
88.4 
(2.4) 
— 
(12.9) 
437.4 

Own 
shares 
£m 
(0.4) 
— 
— 
(0.4) 
— 
(0.8) 
— 
— 
0.1 
— 
(0.7) 

‘Own shares’ represents the cost of 137,854 (2006: 167,306) shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust. The open market value 
of the shares held at 30th November 2007 was £584,501 (2006: £951,971). 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 11

14704

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 91

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 91
 

18  RECONCILIATION OF MOVEMENT IN EQUITY
 

Total recognised income and expense 
Dividends paid 
Net disposal/(purchase) of own shares 
Equity at start of year 
Equity at end of year 

Equity 
shareholders 
£m 
86.0 
(12.9) 
0.1 
385.0 
458.2 

2007 
Minority 
interests 
£m 
5.3 
(0.6) 
— 
4.8 
9.5 

Equity 
shareholders 
£m 
76.2 
(11.2) 
(0.4) 
320.4 
385.0 

Total 
£m 
91.3 
(13.5) 
0.1 
389.8 
467.7 

2006 
Minority 
interests 
£m 
1.5 
(0.3) 
— 
3.6 
4.8 

Total 
£m 
77.7 
(11.5) 
(0.4) 
324.0 
389.8 

19  PENSIONS 

The group operates a pension scheme with both defined benefit and defined contribution sections. The defined benefit section 
is closed to new members. The income statement charge was £0.4m (2006: £0.5m) for the defined benefit section and £0.4m 
(2006: £0.3m) for the defined contribution section. 

The last formal actuarial valuation of the scheme was at 5th April 2005, when the market value of the net assets of the 
scheme was £26,025,000. The valuation was performed using the ‘Projected Unit Cost Method’ under IAS 19. The main 
actuarial assumptions were: 

Investment rate of return: 

Increase in earnings* 
Increase in pensions 

pre­retirement 
post­retirement 

6.3% p.a. 
4.8% p.a. 
5.9% p.a. 
2.9% p.a. 

* Capped to 4.9% for certain members.
 

The valuation showed a funding level of 95%.
 

The actuarial valuation of the defined benefit section, a final salary scheme, was updated to 30th November 2007 on an IAS
 
basis by a qualified independent actuary. The major assumptions used by the actuary were:
 

Rate of increase in salaries 
Rate of increase in deferred pensions 
Rate of increase in pensions in payment 

Discount rate 
Inflation assumption 

Pre­6th April 1997 benefits 
Post­5th April 1997 benefits 

2007 
5.5% 
3.5% 

3.0% 
3.5% 
5.8% 
3.5% 

2006 
5.1% 
3.1% 

3.0% 
3.1% 
5.0% 
3.1% 

2005 
4.8% 
2.8% 

2.8% 
2.8% 
4.9% 
2.8% 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 92

92 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 

19  PENSIONS (CONTINUED) 

19

The mortality rates adopted are from the PA92 year of birth and medium cohort tables (which assume that, for example, male 
members who are currently retired are expected to draw their pensions for 24.9 years and non­retired members for 27.1 years, 
based on the normal retirement age of 65). 

The group expects to make contributions of £0.4m to the defined benefit section of the scheme in 2008. As the defined benefit 
section of the scheme is a closed scheme valued under the ‘Projected Unit Cost Method’ the service cost is likely to increase in 
future years as members approach retirement. 

The fair values of assets in the defined benefit section of the scheme and the expected rates of return were: 

2007 

2006 

2005 

Equities 
Bonds 
Property 
Cash and other assets 

% 
6.1 
5.8 
6.1 
4.6 

Actuarial value of liabilities 
Unrecoverable surplus 
Surplus/(deficit) in the scheme 
(note 10 and note 12) 
Related deferred tax (liability)/asset (note 4) 
Fair value of pension asset/(liability) 
net of deferred tax 

£m 
19.4 
0.4 
11.7 
3.5 
35.0 
(29.0) 
(6.0) 

— 
— 

— 

% 
5.8 
4.9 
5.8 
4.3 

£m 
18.0 
0.3 
9.8 
5.8 
33.9 
(31.1) 
— 

2.8 
(0.8) 

2.0 

% 
5.7 
4.7 
5.7 
4.2 

£m 
16.7 
0.3 
8.4 
3.9 
29.3 
(29.8) 
— 

(0.5) 
0.2 

(0.3) 

Given the current uncertainty in both the equity and property markets, and with due consideration of the recently issued IFRIC 
guidance on the recognition of pension scheme assets, the directors do not consider it appropriate to recognise the surplus 
arising in the defined benefit section of the scheme at this time. 

The cumulative amount of actuarial gains and losses (before unrecoverable surplus of £6.0m) recorded in the group statement 
of recognised income and expense is £5.0m (2006: £2.3m). 

Analysis of the amount charged to operating profit 

Current service cost 
Employee contributions 
Total operating charge 

Analysis of the amount credited/(charged) to finance costs and income 

Expected return on pension scheme assets 
Interest on pension scheme liabilities 

2007 
£m 
(0.5) 
0.1 
(0.4) 

2007 
£m 
1.8 
(1.5) 
0.3 

2006 
£m 
(0.5) 
0.1 
(0.4) 

2006 
£m 
1.6 
(1.5) 
0.1 

2005 
£m 
(0.6) 
0.1 
(0.5) 

2005 
£m 
1.5 
(1.3) 
0.2 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 11

14704

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 93

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 93
 

19  PENSIONS (CONTINUED) 

Analysis of the amount recognised in the group statement of recognised income and expense 

Difference between expected and actual return on assets 
Experience gains and losses arising on fair value of scheme liabilities 
Effects of changes in the demographic and financial assumptions underlying 
the fair value of the scheme liabilities 
Change in unrecoverable surplus 
Total actuarial (loss)/gain 

Analysis of the movement in the fair value of the scheme liabilities 

Beginning of year 
Movement in year: 

Current service cost 
Employee contributions 
Interest cost 
Actuarial gains and losses 
Benefits paid 

End of year 

Analysis of the movement in the fair value of the scheme assets 

Beginning of year 
Movement in year: 

Expected return on scheme assets 
Contributions by employer 
Actuarial gains and losses 
Benefits paid 

End of year 
Surplus/(deficit) in scheme at the year end 
Unrecoverable surplus 
Net surplus/(deficit) 

2007 
£m 
(0.1) 
(3.0) 

5.8 
(6.0) 
(3.3) 

2007 
£m 
31.1 

0.5 
(0.1) 
1.5 
(2.8) 
(1.2) 
29.0 

2007 
£m 
33.9 

1.8 
0.6 
(0.1) 
(1.2) 
35.0 
6.0 
(6.0) 
— 

2006 
£m 
2.7 
(1.1) 

0.9 
— 
2.5 

2006 
£m 
29.8 

0.5 
(0.1) 
1.5 
0.2 
(0.8) 
31.1 

2006 
£m 
29.3 

1.6 
1.1 
2.7 
(0.8) 
33.9 
2.8 
— 
2.8 

2005 
£m 
3.8 
0.3 

(4.9) 
— 
(0.8) 

2005 
£m 
24.0 

0.6 
(0.1) 
1.3 
4.6 
(0.6) 
29.8 

2005 
£m 
24.0 

1.5 
0.6 
3.8 
(0.6) 
29.3 
(0.5) 
— 
(0.5) 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 94

94 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 

19  PENSIONS (CONTINUED) 

History of experience gains and losses 

22

2007 
£m 

Difference between expected and actual return on scheme assets 
(0.1) 
(0.3%) 

Amount 
Percentage of scheme assets 

Experience gains and losses on scheme liabilities 

Amount 
Percentage of fair value of scheme liabilities 
Changes in assumptions underlying the fair value 
of scheme liabilities 

Amount 
Percentage of fair value of scheme liabilities 

Change in unrecoverable surplus 
Total actuarial gain/(loss) recognised in the statement of 
recognised income and expense 

(3.0) 
10.3% 

5.8 
20.0% 
(6.0) 

Amount 
Percentage of present value of scheme liabilities 

(3.3) 
(11.4%) 

Deferred taxation attributable to pension movements (note 4)  0.9 
Pension scheme movement for the year net of deferred tax  (2.4) 

2006 
£m 

2.7 
8.0% 

(1.1) 
3.5% 

0.9 
2.9% 
— 

2.5 
8.0% 
(0.7) 
1.8 

2005 
£m 

3.8 
13.0% 

0.3 
(1.0%) 

(4.9) 
(16.5%) 
— 

(0.8) 
(2.8%) 
0.3 
(0.5) 

2004 
£m 

1.3 
5.3% 

(0.9) 
3.7% 

(0.5) 
(1.9%) 
— 

(0.1) 
(0.3%) 
— 
(0.1) 

2003 
£m 

1.3 
6.3% 

(1.5) 
6.9% 

(2.1) 
(9.8%) 
— 

(2.3) 
(10.9%) 
0.7 
(1.6) 

20 

CAPITAL COMMITMENTS 
At 30th November 2007 the group had contracted capital expenditure of £14,184,000 (2006: £11,592,000). 

21 

CONTINGENT LIABILITIES 
The group has a joint and several unlimited liability with Vinci PLC and the Ministry of Defence under guarantees in respect of 
the financial performance of VSM Estates (Holdings) Limited. 

The group is also party to a joint and several guarantee to Fortis Bank in respect of the performance of Sowcrest Limited 
which is limited to £18.4m. 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 11

14704

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 95

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 95
 

22  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

Transactions between the group and its non­wholly owned subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates are as follows: 

Key Property Investments Limited (‘KPI’) 
During the year the group provided management services to KPI for which it received fees totalling £2.4m (2006: £0.5m). 

Holaw (462) Limited (‘Holaw’) 
During the year Holaw repaid £0.1m of its loan (2006: £nil). The balance due to the group at the year end was £0.6m (2006: 
£0.7m). No interest is charged on the loan. 

Barton Business Park Limited (‘Barton’) 
During the year Barton repaid £0.4m (2006: £0.7m) of its loan reducing the balance to £nil (2006: £0.4m). In addition to the 
repayment of loan, a further £3.5m (2006: £nil) was advanced to the group and remains due to Barton. No interest is charged 
on balances outstanding. 

Sowcrest Limited (‘Sowcrest’) 
During the year the group received £2.9m from Sowcrest (2006: paid £2.3m to Sowcrest). The balance due to Sowcrest at the 
year end was £0.8m (2006: £1.9m due from Sowcrest). No interest is charged on the loan. 

Shaw Park Developments Limited (‘SPD’) 
The balance due to the group from SPD at the year end was £2.2m (2006: £2.2m). The loan is secured and interest is 
chargeable at 1.5% (2006: 1.5%) above base rate. At the beginning of the year the group was also due £2.2m from Healnorth 
Limited, a company controlled by our joint venture partner in SPD. This amount was repaid in full during the year. 

St. Modwen Pension Scheme 
During the year the group sold properties to the pension scheme for consideration of £2.1m (2006: £2.8m). The group 
occupies offices owned by the pension scheme with a value of £0.6m (2006: £0.6m). 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 96

96 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 

22  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED) 

Non­wholly owned subsidiaries 
The company provides administrative and management services and provides a central purchase ledger system to subsidiary 
companies. In addition, the company also operates a central treasury function which lends to and borrows from subsidiary 
undertakings as appropriate. Management fees and interest charged/(credited) during the year and net balances due 
(to)/from subsidiaries in which the company has a less than 90% interest were as follows: 

Stoke­on­Trent Regeneration Limited 
Stoke­on­Trent Regeneration 
(Investments) Limited 
Uttoxeter Estates Limited 
Widnes Regeneration Limited 
Trentham Leisure Limited 
Norton & Proffitt Developments Limited 
VSM Estates (Holdings) Limited 

Management fees 

Interest 

Balance 

2007 
£m 
— 

— 
— 
— 
0.4 
— 
0.3 
0.7 

2006 
£m 
— 

— 
— 
— 
0.4 
— 
0.8 
1.2 

2007 
£m 
(1.0) 

0.1 
— 
0.3 
1.5 
— 
— 
0.9 

2006 
£m 
(0.8) 

— 
— 
0.2 
1.3 
— 
— 
0.7 

2007 
£m 
(5.1) 

0.2 
— 
3.7 
24.5 
9.1 
(1.7) 
30.7 

2006 
£m 
(20.8) 

0.3 
— 
5.2 
20.0 
3.7 
— 
8.4 

With the exception of SPD, all amounts due to the group are unsecured and will be settled in cash. All amounts above are 
stated before provisions for doubtful debts of £0.4m (2006: £nil). No guarantees have been given or received from related 
parties. 

Key management personnel 
The group’s key management personnel are the executive directors (whose remuneration is disclosed in the directors’ 
remuneration report) and senior management whose aggregate remuneration totalled £1.7m (2006: £1.7m). 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 11

14704

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 97

COMPANY BALANCE SHEET
 

AT 30TH NOVEMBER 2007
 

97 

Fixed assets 
Tangible assets 
Investments 

Current assets 
Debtors 
Cash at bank and in hand 
Current liabilities 
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 
Net current assets 
Total assets less current liabilities 

Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year 
Net assets excluding pension asset/(liability) 

Defined benefit pension asset 
Net assets 
Capital and reserves 
Called up share capital 
Share premium account 
Capital redemption reserve 
Revaluation reserve 
Profit and loss account 
Own shares 
Equity shareholders’ funds 

Notes 

(E) 
(F) 

(G) 

(H) 

(H) 

(M) 

(K) 
(L) 
(L) 
(L) 
(L) 
(L) 

2007 
£m 

1.1 
389.0 
390.1 

400.2 
17.0 

(147.8) 
269.4 
659.5 

(228.8) 
430.7 

— 
430.7 

12.1 
9.1 
0.3 
314.5 
95.4 
(0.7) 
430.7 

2006 
£m 

1.3 
344.5 
345.8 

296.6 
— 

(114.1) 
182.5 
528.3 

(127.1) 
401.2 

2.0 
403.2 

12.1 
9.1 
0.3 
259.0 
123.5 
(0.8) 
403.2 

These financial statements were approved by the board of directors on 8th February 2008 and were signed on its behalf by 
Anthony Glossop and Tim Haywood. 

Anthony Glossop 
Chairman 

Tim Haywood 
Finance Director 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 98

98 

NOTES TO THE COMPANY ACCOUNTS
 

A  ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
Basis of preparation 
The accounts and notes have been prepared in accordance with applicable UK GAAP. 

Compliance with SSAP 19 “Accounting for Investment Properties” requires departure from the Companies Act 1985 relating to 
depreciation and an explanation of the departure is given below. 

Accounting convention 
The accounts have been prepared under the historical cost convention, modified by the revaluation of investment properties. 

Revenue recognition 
Revenue is recognised to the extent that the company obtains the right to consideration in exchange for its performance. 
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received, excluding discounts and VAT. 

Rental income 
Rental income arising from investment properties is accounted for on a straight­line basis over the lease term. 

Interest receivable 
Interest receivable is recognised on the accruals basis. 

Tangible fixed assets 
Tangible fixed assets, other than investment properties, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated 
impairment losses. Such cost includes costs directly attributable to making the asset capable of operating as intended. 

Depreciation is provided on all plant, machinery and equipment at rates calculated to write off the cost less estimated residual 
value, based on prices prevailing at the balance sheet date, of each asset evenly over its expected useful life as follows: 

Plant, machinery and equipment — over 2 to 5 years 

Depreciation is not provided on investment properties which are subject to annual revaluations. 

Investment properties 
In accordance with SSAP 19, investment properties are revalued annually and the aggregate surplus or temporary deficit is 
transferred to the revaluation reserve. Permanent diminutions are recognised through the profit and loss account. No 
depreciation is provided in respect of investment properties. 

The Companies Act 1985 requires all properties to be depreciated. However, this requirement conflicts with the generally 
accepted accounting principle set out in SSAP 19. The directors consider that, because these properties are not held for 
consumption but for their investment potential, to depreciate them would not give a true and fair view and that it is necessary 
to adopt SSAP 19 in order to give a true and fair view. If this departure from the Act had not been made, the profit for the 
financial year would have been reduced by depreciation. However, the amount of depreciation cannot reasonably be quantified 
because depreciation is only one of many factors reflected in the annual valuation and the amount which might otherwise have 
been shown cannot be separately identified or quantified. 

Investment in subsidiary, joint venture and associated companies 
The investments in subsidiary, joint venture and associated companies are included in the company’s balance sheet at the 
company’s share of net asset value. The valuation recognises the cost of acquisition and changes in the book values of the 
underlying net assets. The surplus or deficit arising on revaluation is reflected in the company’s reserves. 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 11

14704

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 99

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 99
 

Deferred taxation 
Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all timing differences that have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date 
where transactions or events have occurred at that date that will result in an obligation to pay less or to receive more tax, with 
the following exceptions: 

Provision is made for tax on gains arising from the revaluation (and similar fair value adjustments) of fixed assets and 
gains on disposal of fixed assets that have been rolled over into replacement assets only to the extent that, at the balance 
sheet date, there is a binding agreement to dispose of the assets concerned. However, no provision is made where, on the 
basis of all available evidence at the balance sheet date, it is more likely than not that the taxable gain will be rolled over 
into replacement assets and charged to tax only where the replacement assets are sold. 

Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that the directors consider that it is more likely than not that there 
will be suitable taxable profits from which the future reversal of the underlying timing differences can be deducted. 

Deferred tax is measured on an undiscounted basis at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the periods in which timing
 
differences reverse, based on tax rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.
 

Interest 
Income paid is charged to the profit and loss account on an accruals basis. 

Finance costs of debt are allocated over the term of the debt at a constant rate on the carrying amount. 

Share­based payment 
The company accounts for its share option schemes as cash­settled share­based payments as new shares are not issued to 
satisfy employee share option plans. The cost of cash­settled transactions is measured at fair value using an appropriate 
option pricing model and amortised through the profit and loss account over the vesting period. The liability is remeasured at 
each year end. Revisions to the fair value of the accrued liability after the end of the vesting period are recorded in the profit 
and loss account of the year in which they occur. Further details are set out in note 2 of the group financial statements. 

Pensions 
The company operates a pension scheme with both defined benefit and defined contribution sections. The defined benefit
 
section is closed to new members.
 

The cost of providing benefits under the defined benefit section is determined using the projected unit credit method, which 
attributes entitlement to benefits to the current period (to determine current service cost) and to the current and prior periods 
(to determine the present value of defined benefit obligation) and is based on actuarial advice. Past service costs are 
recognised in the profit and loss account immediately if the benefits have vested. 

The interest element of the defined benefit cost represents the change in present value of scheme obligations. The expected
 
return on plan assets is based on an assessment made at the beginning of the year of long­term market returns on scheme
 
assets, adjusted for the effect on the fair value of plan assets of contributions received and benefits paid during the year. The
 
difference between the expected return on plan assets and the interest cost is recognised in the profit and loss account as
 
other finance income or expense.
 

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the statement of total recognised gains and losses in the year in which they 
occur. The defined benefit pension asset or liability in the balance sheet comprises the present value of the defined benefit 
obligation, less any past service cost not yet recognised and less the fair value of plan assets out of which the obligations are to 
be settled directly. 

In periods when the defined benefit section of the company’s pension scheme is in surplus, the directors review the 
recoverability of this surplus to determine whether recognition, in part or in full, is appropriate at the balance sheet date. 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
	 
●
	 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 100

100 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 

A  ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

Contributions to defined contribution schemes are recognised in the profit and loss account in the period in which they become 
payable. 

Derivative financial instruments and hedging 
The company uses derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps to hedge its risks associated with interest rate 
fluctuations. Such instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date on which a contract is entered into and are 
subsequently remeasured at fair value. The company has determined that the derivative financial instruments in use do not 
qualify for hedge accounting and, consequently, any gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of derivatives are 
taken to the profit and loss account. 

Full details of the company’s derivative financial instruments are given in note 15 to the group financial statements. 

Own shares 
St. Modwen Properties PLC shares held by the company are classified in shareholders’ equity and are recognised at cost. 

Interest bearing loans and borrowings 
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at fair value less directly attributable transaction costs. After initial 
recognition, loans and borrowings are measured at amortised cost. 

Gains and losses arising on the repurchase, settlement or otherwise cancellation of liabilities are recognised respectively in 
finance income and expense. 

Cash flow statement 
The company has taken advantage of the exemption permitted by FRS 1 not to present a cash flow statement. 

B

C

D

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 11

14704

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 101

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 101
 

B 

PROFIT FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR 
The company has taken advantage of Section 230 of the Companies Act 1985 and has not included its own profit and loss 
account in these financial statements. The company’s loss for the year was £12.8m (2006: £59.9m profit). 

C 

OPERATING EXPENSES 
(i)  Audit fees 

Fees paid to Deloitte and Touche LLP (2006: Ernst & Young LLP) in respect of: 
— Fees payable for the audit of the company’s annual accounts 
— Other services pursuant to legislation 
— Tax services 
— Other services 

2007 
£’000 

105 
25 
82 
86 
298 

2006 
£’000 

156 
25 
2 
36 
219 

(ii)  Employees 
The average number of full­time employees (including executive directors) employed by the company during the year was 
as follows: 

Property 
Leisure and other activities 
Administration 

The total payroll costs of these employees were: 

Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Pension costs 
Share­based payments 

2007 
(number) 
129 
44 
44 
217 

2006 
(number) 
126 
47 
46 
219 

2007 
£m 
11.7 
1.4 
0.8 
— 
13.9 

2006 
£m 
9.9 
1.2 
0.8 
3.1 
15.0 

D  DIVIDENDS 

Dividends paid during the year comprised the final dividend in respect of 2006, approved at the AGM, and the interim dividend in 
respect of 2007. 

Paid 
Final dividend in respect of previous year 
Interim dividend in respect of current year 
Total 
Proposed 
Current year final dividend 

The Employee Benefit Trust waives its entitlement to dividends. 

2007 

2006 

p per share 

£m 

p per share 

6.8 
3.9 
10.7 

7.8 

8.2 
4.7 
12.9 

9.4 

5.9 
3.4 
9.3 

6.8 

£m 

7.1 
4.1 
11.2 

8.2 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 102

102 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 

E 

TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS
 

Cost or valuation 
At 30th November 2006 
Additions 
Disposals 
At 30th November 2007 
Depreciation 
At 30th November 2006 
Charge for the year 
At 30th November 2007 
Net book value 
At 30th November 2007 
At 30th November 2006 

Long 
leasehold 
investment 
properties 
£m 

Plant, 
machinery 
and 
equipment 
£m 

0.7 
— 
(0.1) 
0.6 

— 
— 
— 

0.6 
0.7 

1.6 
0.2 
— 
1.8 

1.0 
0.3 
1.3 

0.5 
0.6 

Total 
£m 

2.3 
0.2 
(0.1) 
2.4 

1.0 
0.3 
1.3 

1.1 
1.3 

Investment properties were valued at 30th November 2007 and 2006 by King Sturge & Co, Chartered Surveyors, in accordance 
with the Appraisal and Valuation Manual of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors, on the basis of market value. 

Long leasehold investment properties are currently let under operating leases for the purpose of generating rental income. 

F 

INVESTMENTS HELD AS FIXED ASSETS 

At 30th November 2006 
Revaluation of investments 
Disposals 
At 30th November 2007 

Investment 
in subsidiary 
companies 
£m 
260.6 
54.1 
— 
314.7 

Investment 
in joint 
ventures 
£m 
72.9 
1.4 
— 
74.3 

Investment 
in associated 
companies 
£m 
11.0 
— 
(11.0) 
— 

Total 
£m 
344.5 
55.5 
(11.0) 
389.0 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 11

14704

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 103

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 103
 

Subsidiary companies: 
At 30th November 2007 the principal subsidiaries, all of which were held directly by the company, were as follows: 

Boughton Holdings 
Chaucer Estates Limited 
Leisure Living Limited 
Redman Heenan Properties Limited 
St. Modwen Developments Limited 
St. Modwen Investments Limited 
St. Modwen Securities Limited 
St. Modwen Ventures Limited 
Stoke­on­Trent Regeneration Limited 
Uttoxeter Estates Limited 
Widnes Regeneration Limited 
Trentham Leisure Limited 
Norton & Proffitt Developments Limited 
VSM Estates (Holdings) Limited 

Proportion of ordinary shares held 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
81% 
81% 
81% 
80% 
75% 
50% 

All principal subsidiaries are registered and operate in England and Wales. 

Joint ventures 
At 30th November 2007 the joint ventures were: 

Nature of principal business 
Investment company 
Property investors 
Leisure operator 
Property investors 
Property developers 
Property investors 
Property developers 
Property investors 
Property developers 
Property developers 
Property developers 
Leisure operator 
Property developers 
Property developers 

Key Property Investments Limited 
Holaw (462) Limited 
Barton Business Park Limited 
Sowcrest Limited 
Shaw Park Developments Limited 

Percentage shareholding 
50% 
50% 
50% 
50% 
50% 

Nature of business 
Property investment and development 
Property investment 
Property development 
Property development 
Property development 

Many of the joint ventures contain change of control provisions, as is common for such arrangements. 

Associated companies: 
During the year ended 30th November 2007 the company disposed of its entire shareholding in Northern Racing PLC, realising 
a profit of £6.7m. 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 104

104 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 

I

J

G  DEBTORS 


Trade debtors 
Amounts due from subsidiaries 
Amounts due from joint venture and associated companies 
Other debtors 
Prepayments and accrued income 
Derivative financial instruments* 
Deferred tax asset (see note (J)) 

* Included in this amount is £nil (2006: £1.2m) which is due in more than one year. 

H 

CREDITORS 

Amounts falling due within one year: 
Bank overdraft 
Amounts due to subsidiaries 
Amounts due to joint venture and associated companies 
Other tax and social security 
Other creditors 
Accruals and deferred income 
Derivative financial instruments 

Amounts falling due after more than one year: 
Bank loans 
Accruals and deferred income 

2007 
£m 
0.2 
380.9 
2.8 
11.9 
1.2 
2.0 
1.2 
400.2 

2007 
£m 

24.8 
103.3 
4.2 
0.1 
0.5 
13.7 
1.2 
147.8 

2007 
£m 

227.4 
1.4 
228.8 

2006 
£m 
0.1 
252.3 
6.8 
33.2 
0.7 
1.8 
1.7 
296.6 

2006 
£m 

19.5 
80.1 
0.2 
— 
0.1 
13.9 
0.3 
114.1 

2006 
£m 

127.1 
— 
127.1 

All bank borrowings are secured by a fixed charge over the property assets of the company and its subsidiaries. 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 11

14704

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 105

I 

BORROWINGS 
The maturity profile of the bank borrowings is as follows: 

Less than one year 
One to two years 
Two to five years 
More than five years 
Total 

The bank borrowings can be further analysed as follows: 

Wholly repayable within five years 
Not wholly repayable in five years 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 105
 

2007 
£m 
24.8 
— 
211.0 
16.4 
252.2 

2007 
£m 
235.8 
16.4 
252.2 

2006 
£m 
19.5 
— 
114.4 
12.7 
146.6 

2006 
£m 
133.9 
12.7 
146.6 

J 

DEFERRED TAXATION 
The amounts of deferred taxation provided and unprovided in the accounts are: 

Capital allowances in excess of depreciation 
Other timing differences 
Revaluation of properties 

Reconciliation of movement on deferred tax asset included in debtors 

Balance as at 30th November 2006 
Profit and loss account 
Balance as at 30th November 2007 

Reconciliation of deferred tax liability included in pension scheme asset 

Balance as at 30th November 2006 
Profit and loss account 
Statement of total recognised gains and losses 
Balance as at 30th November 2007 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 13

Provided 

Unprovided 

2007 
£m 
1.0 
(2.2) 
— 
(1.2) 

2006 
£m 
1.0 
(2.7) 
— 
(1.7) 

2007 
£m 
— 
— 
— 
— 

2006 
£m 
— 
— 
(0.1) 
(0.1) 

£m 
(1.7) 
0.5 
(1.2) 

£m 
0.8 
0.1 
(0.9) 
— 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 106

106 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 

K  SHARE CAPITAL 


Authorised: 
Equity share capital 

50,000,000 

Ordinary 10p shares 

Allotted and fully paid: 
Equity share capital 

120,773,954 

Ordinary 10p shares 

2007 
£m 

2006 
£m 

15.0 

15.0 

12.1 

12.1 

See note 2d of the group financial statements for details of outstanding options to acquire ordinary shares. 

L 

RESERVES

Share premium 
account 
£m 
9.1 
At 30th November 2006 
— 
Surplus on revaluation of investments (note F) 
— 
Retained (loss)/profit for the year (note B) 
— 
Net share additions 
— 
Dividends paid (note D) 
Actuarial gain on pension scheme (note M) 
— 
Movement on deferred tax relating to pension asset (note J)  — 
9.1 
At 30th November 2007 

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m 
0.3 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
0.3 

Revaluation 
reserve 
£m 
259.0 
55.5 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
314.5 

Profit 
and loss 
account 
£m 
123.5 
— 
(12.8) 
— 
(12.9) 
(3.3) 
0.9 
95.4 

Own shares 
£m 
(0.8) 
— 
— 
0.1 
— 
— 
— 
(0.7) 

‘Own shares’ represents the cost of 137,854 (2006: 167,306) shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust. The open market value 
of the shares held at 30th November 2007 was £584,501 (2006: £951,971). 

M

N

O

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 11

14704

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 107

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 107
 

M 

PENSIONS 
The company’s pension schemes are the principal pension schemes of the group and details are set out in note 19 of the 
consolidated financial statements. The directors are satisfied that this note, which contains the required IAS 19 “Employee 
Benefits” disclosures for the group, also covers the requirements of FRS 17 “Retirement Benefits” for the company. 

N 

OPERATING LEASE COMMITMENTS 
Operating lease commitments where the company is the lessee 
Annual commitments under non­cancellable operating leases are as follows: 

Operating leases which expire: 
In one year or less 
Between one and five years 

2007 

2006 

Land and 
buildings 
£m 

— 
0.3 
0.3 

Other 
£m 

0.1 
0.4 
0.5 

Land and 
buildings 
£m 

— 
0.3 
0.3 

Other 
£m 

0.1 
0.4 
0.5 

O  CONTINGENT LIABILITIES 

The company has a joint and several unlimited liability with Vinci PLC and the Ministry of Defence under guarantees in respect of 
the financial performance of VSM Estates (Holdings) Limited. 

The company is also party to a joint and several guarantee to Fortis Bank in respect of the performance of Sowcrest Limited 
which is limited to £18.4m. 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 108

108 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE
 
MEMBERS OF ST. MODWEN PROPERTIES PLC
 

We have audited the parent company financial statements of St. Modwen Properties PLC for the year ended 30th November 2007 
which comprise the Company balance sheet and the related notes A to O. These parent company financial statements have been 
prepared under the accounting policies set out therein. 
We have reported separately on the group financial statements of St. Modwen Properties PLC for the year ended 30th November 
2007 and on the information in the Directors’ Remuneration Report that is described as having been audited. 
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with section 235 of the Companies Act 1985. Our 
audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them 
in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to 
anyone other than the company and the company’s members, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we 
have formed. 
Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors 
The directors’ responsibilities for preparing the Annual Report, the Directors’ Remuneration Report and the parent company 
financial statements in accordance with applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards (United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice) are set out in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities. 
Our responsibility is to audit the parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be 
audited in accordance with relevant legal and regulatory requirements and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). 
We report to you our opinion as to whether the parent company financial statements give a true and fair view and whether the 
parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985. We also report to 
you whether in our opinion the Report of the Directors is consistent with the parent company financial statements. 
In addition we report to you if, in our opinion, the company has not kept proper accounting records, if we have not received all the 
information and explanations we require for our audit, or if information specified by law regarding directors’ remuneration and 
other transactions is not disclosed. 
We read the other information contained in the Annual Report and consider whether it is consistent with the audited parent 
company financial statements. The other information comprises only the Directors’ Report, the Chairman’s Statement and the 
Business Review. We consider the implications for our report if we become aware of any apparent misstatements or material 
inconsistencies with the parent company financial statements. Our responsibilities do not extend to any further information 
outside the Annual Report. 
Basis of audit opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) issued by the Auditing Practices 
Board. An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the parent company 
financial statements. It also includes an assessment of the significant estimates and judgements made by the directors in the 
preparation of the parent company financial statements, and of whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the company’s 
circumstances, consistently applied and adequately disclosed. 
We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and explanations which we considered necessary in order 
to provide us with sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the parent company financial statements are free from 
material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other irregularity or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated the overall 
adequacy of the presentation of information in the parent company financial statements. 
Opinion 
In our opinion: 

the parent company financial statements give a true and fair view, in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice, of the state of the company’s affairs as at 30th November 2007; 
the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985; and 
the information given in the Report of the Directors is consistent with the parent company financial statements. 

Deloitte & Touche LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Registered Auditors 
Birmingham, United Kingdom 
8th February 2008 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 11

14704

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 109

FIVE YEAR RECORD
 

PLC

109 

Rental income* 
Property profits* 
Revaluation surplus* 
Pre­tax profits† 
Earnings per share (pence) 
Dividends paid per share (pence) 
Dividend cover (times) 
Net assets per share (pence) 
Increase on prior year 
Net assets employed 
Investment properties 
Investments 
Inventories 
Other net liabilities 
Net borrowings 
Net assets 
Financed by 
Share capital 
Reserves 
Own shares 
Minority interests 

2003 
£m 
42.5 
25.2 
14.5 
47.5 
31.2 
6.6 
4.7 
175.5 

2004 
£m 
44.3 
34.0 
26.1 
64.3 
41.5 
7.6 
5.5 
219.8 

2005 
£m 
45.2 
39.3 
44.9 
82.9 
55.4 
8.8 
6.3 
268.3 

2006 
£m 
40.3 
44.6 
55.6 
96.9 
61.6 
10.2 
6.0 
322.8 

2007 
£m 
34.9 
54.5 
62.8 
100.1 
73.3 
11.7 
6.3 
387.3 

15% 

25% 

22% 

20% 

20% 

266.5 
38.1 
77.5 
(35.1) 
(135.0) 
212.0 

12.1 
198.2 
(1.3) 
3.0 
212.0 

454.2 
49.9 
48.1 
(59.4) 
(227.3) 
265.5 

12.1 
252.2 
(1.9) 
3.1 
265.5 

481.2 
68.5 
36.1 
(54.0) 
(207.8) 
324.0 

12.1 
308.7 
(0.4) 
3.6 
324.0 

736.4 
77.9 
65.9 
(237.5) 
(252.9) 
389.8 

12.1 
373.7 
(0.8) 
4.8 
389.8 

846.9 
75.4 
209.3 
(262.0) 
(401.9) 
467.7 

12.1 
446.8 
(0.7) 
9.5 
467.7 

* Including share of joint ventures. 
† Including post­tax profit of joint ventures. 

Figures prior to 30th November 2004 are restated on an IFRS basis, but do not reflect the reclassification of certain work in 
progress assets. 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 110

110 

NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
 

Notice is hereby given that the sixty­seventh Annual General Meeting of St. Modwen Properties PLC will be held at noon on Friday, 
28th March 2008 at the Ironmongers’ Hall, Barbican, London, EC2Y 8AA. 
Ordinary Business 
1.  To receive and adopt the report of the directors and the accounts for the year ended 30th November 2007. 
2.  To declare a final ordinary dividend of 7.8p per share. 
3.  To re­elect as directors: 

i.  William Oliver 
ii.  John Salmon 
iii. Mary Francis 
iv.  Christopher Roshier 

4.  To reappoint Deloitte & Touche LLP as auditors and to authorise the directors to determine their remuneration. 
5.  To approve the directors’ remuneration report contained on pages 55 to 61. 
Special Business 
To consider and, if thought fit, pass the following resolutions: 
6.  Ordinary Resolution 

That the authority to pay non­executive directors’ fees in accordance with Article 112.1 of the company’s Articles of Association 
be and is hereby increased so that such fees paid in the aggregate to all non­executive directors shall not in any year exceed the 
sum of £600,000, and such maximum shall be increased on each anniversary of the date of adoption of this resolution by the 
movement in the Retail Prices Index. 

7.  Ordinary Resolution 

That the authority to allot relevant securities and equity securities conferred on the directors by Article 8.2 of the company’s 
Articles of Association be and is hereby granted for the period ending on 26th June 2009 or at the conclusion of the Annual 
General Meeting of the company to be held after the date of the passing of this Resolution (whichever is the earlier) and for 
such period the Section 80 amount shall be £2,922,605. 

8.  Special Resolution 

That the power to allot relevant securities and equity securities conferred on the directors by Article 8.2 of the company’s 
Articles of Association be and is hereby granted for the period ending on 26th June 2009 or at the conclusion of the Annual 
General Meeting of the company to be held after the date of the passing of this Resolution (whichever is the earlier) and for 
such period the Section 89 amount shall be £603,870. 

9.  Special Resolution 

That, in accordance with Article 10 of its Articles of Association and Section 166 of the Companies Act 1985, the company be and 
is hereby granted general and unconditional authority to make market purchases (as defined in Section 163 of the Companies 
Act 1985) of any of its own ordinary shares on such terms and in such manner as the board of directors may from time to time 
determine PROVIDED THAT the general authority conferred by this Resolution shall: 

(a) be limited to 12,077,395 ordinary shares of 10p each; 
(b) not permit the payment per share of more than 105% of the average middle market price quotation on the London Stock 
Exchange for the ordinary shares on the five previous dealing days or less than 10p (in each case exclusive of advance 
corporation tax (if any) and expenses payable by the company); and 

(c) expire on 26th June 2009 or at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the company to be held after the date of 
the passing of this Resolution (whichever is the earlier), save that if the company should before such expiry enter into a 
contract of purchase then the purchase may be completed or executed wholly or partly after such expiry. 

By order of the board 

Jon Messent 
Secretary 
8th February 2008 

Sir Stanley Clarke House 
7 Ridgeway 
Quinton Business Park 
Birmingham, B32 1AF 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 11

14704

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 111

NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING 111
 

Notes 
a)  Deloitte & Touche LLP have expressed their willingness to remain in office and a resolution to reappoint them as auditors of the 

company will be proposed at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. 

b)  The level of aggregate fees for non­executive directors was last revised at the company’s Annual General Meeting in 2004. Given 
the increase in fees awarded in the intervening period, and given the change to non­executive status of Anthony Glossop, the 
level of aggregate fees permitted requires to be increased to £600,000. 

c)  The existing general authority of the directors to allot shares and the current disapplication of the statutory pre­emption rights 

expire at the conclusion of the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. 

Article 8.2 of the company’s Articles of Association contains a general authority for the directors to allot shares in the company 
for a period (not exceeding five years) (“the prescribed period”) and up to a maximum aggregate nominal amount (“the Section 
80 amount”) approved by a Special or Ordinary Resolution of the company. Article 8.2 also empowers the directors during the 
prescribed period to allot shares for cash in connection with a rights issue and also to allot shares for cash in any other 
circumstances up to a maximum aggregate nominal amount approved by a Special Resolution of the company (“the Section 
89 amount”). 

The board has no intention at present to exercise the authority to allot shares. 

Resolution 7, which will be proposed as an Ordinary Resolution, provides for the Section 80 amount to be £2,922,605 (being an 
amount equal to the authorised but unissued share capital of the company at the date of this report and representing 24% of the 
company’s issued share capital at that date). 

Resolution 8, which will be proposed as a Special Resolution, provides for the Section 89 amount to be £603,870 (representing 
5% of the company’s issued share capital). 

The prescribed period for which these powers and authorities are granted will expire at the conclusion of the Annual General 
Meeting to be held next year (or on 26th June 2009 if earlier) when the directors intend to seek renewal of the authorities. 

d)  Renewal of the authority for the company to purchase certain of its own shares (Resolution 9). 

This resolution renews an existing authority for a further year. The directors believe it is advantageous to have such authority 
but would only exercise it if it was believed to be in the best interests of shareholders. At present, the board has no intention to 
exercise the authority. 

e)  A member entitled to attend and vote at this meeting may appoint another person (whether a member or not) as his/her proxy, 

to attend and, on a poll, vote for him/her. Forms of proxy, one of which is enclosed, must be signed by the appointer and must be 
lodged at the registrar’s office at least 48 hours before the meeting. A proxy need not be a member of the company. 

f)	  Copies of the contracts of service between the company and Mr C.C.A. Glossop, Mr W.A. Oliver, Mr S.J. Burke and Mr T.P. 

Haywood are available for inspection at the registered office of the company on each business day during normal business 
hours and will be available on the day of the meeting, at the place of the meeting, from at least 15 minutes prior to the meeting 
until its conclusion. A register of directors’ interests will also be available for inspection from the commencement of the 
meeting until its conclusion. 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 112

112 NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
 

g)  In accordance with Regulation 41 of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001, the company gives notice that only those 
shareholders entered on the relevant register of members (the “Register”) for certificated or uncertificated shares of the 
company (as the case may be) at 6 p.m. on Wednesday 26th March 2008 (the “Specified Time”) will be entitled to attend or vote 
at the meeting in respect of the number of shares registered in their name at the time. Changes to entries on the Register after 
the Specified Time will be disregarded in determining the rights of any person to attend or vote at that meeting. Should the 
meeting be adjourned to a time not more than 48 hours after the Specified Time, that time will also apply for the purpose of 
determining the entitlement of members to attend and vote (and for the purpose of determining the number of votes they may 
cast) at the adjourned meeting. Should the meeting be adjourned for a longer period, then to be so entitled, members must be 
entered on the Register at the time which is 48 hours before the time fixed for the adjourned meeting or, if the company gives 
notice of the adjourned meeting, at the time specified in the notice. 

h)  Electronic proxy appointment through CREST 

CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do so for 
the annual general meeting and any adjournment(s) thereof by using the procedures described in the CREST Manual. CREST 
Personal Members or other CREST sponsored members, and those CREST members who have appointed a voting service 
provider(s), should refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s), who will be able to take the appropriate action on 
their behalf. 

In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made using the CREST service to be valid, the approprate CREST message (a 
“CREST Proxy Instruction”) must be properly authenticated in accordance with CRESTCo’s specifications and must contain the 
information required for such instructions, as described in the CREST Manual. The message, regardless of whether it 
constitutes the appointment of a proxy or to an amendment to the instruction given to a previously appointed proxy must, in 
order to be valid, be transmitted so as to be received b the issuer’s agent (ID 7RA01) by the latest time(s) for receipt of proxy 
appointments specified in the notice of meeting. For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to be the time (as determined 
by the timestamp applied to the message by the CRESR Applications Host) from which the issuer’s agent is able to retrieve the 
message by enquiry to CRESR in the manner prescribed by CREST. After this time any change of instructions to proxies 
appointed through CREST should be communicated to the appointee through other means. 

CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers should note that CRESTCo does not 
make available special prcocedures in CREST for any particula messages. Norma system timings and limitations will therefore 
appli in relation to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if 
the CREST member is a CREST personal member or sponsored member or has appointed a voting service provider(s), to 
procure that his CREST system by any particular time. In this connection, CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST 
sponsors or voting service providers are referred in particular, to those sections of the CREST Manual concerning practical 
limitations of the CREST system and timings. 

The company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5) of the
 
Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001.
 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 11

14704

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 113

NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING 113
 

(i) Multiple Corporate Representatives 

In order to facilitate voting by corporate representatives at the meeting, arrangements will be put in place at the meeting so that 
1.  If a corporate shareholder has appointed the Chairman of the meeting as its corporate representative with instructions to 
vote on a poll in accordance with the directions of all of the other corporate representatives for that shareholder at the 
meeting, then on a poll those corporate representatives will give voting directions to the Chairman and the Chairman will 
vote (or withhold a vote) as corporate representative in accordance with those directions; and 

2.  If more than one corporate representative for the same corporate shareholder attends the meeting but the corporate 
shareholder has not appointed the Chairman of the meeting as its corporate representative, a designated corporate 
representative will be nominated, from those corporate representatives who attend, who will vote on a poll and the other 
corporate representatives will give voting directions to that designated corporate representative. Corporate shareholders are 
referred to the guidance issued by the Institute of Chartered Secretaries and Administrators on proxies and corporate 
representatives ­ www.icsa.org.uk­ for further details of this procedure. 

(j) Multiple Proxy appointment 

1.  Every holder has the right to appoint some other person(s) of their choice, who need not be a shareholder as his proxy to 

exercise all or any of his rights, to attend, speak and vote on their behalf at the meeting. If you wish to appoint a person other 
than the Chairman, please insert the name of your chosen proxy holder in the space provided. If the proxy is being appointed 
in relation to less than your full voting entitlement, please enter in the box next to the proxy holder’s name the number of 
shares in relation to which they are authorised to act as your proxy. If left blank your proxy will be deemed to be authorised in 
respect of your full voting entitlement (or if the proxy form has been issued in respect of a designated account for a 
shareholder, the full voting entitlement for that designated account). 

2.  To appoint more than one proxy, (an) additional proxy form(s) may be obtained by contacting the Registrars helpline on 0871 
384 2198 or you may photocopy the form. Please indicate in the box next to the proxy holder’s name the number of shares in 
relation to which they are authorised to act as your proxy. Please also indicate by ticking the box provided if the proxy 
instruction is one of multiple instructions being given. All forms must be signed and should be returned together in the same 
envelope. 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 114

114 

GLOSSARY OF TERMS
 

Annualised net rents are gross rents as at a reporting date plus, where rent reviews are outstanding, any increases to estimated
 
rental value (as determined by the group’s external valuers), less any ground rents payable under head leases.
 

BREEAM – Building Research Establishment Environmental Assessment Method – an industry­wide system of standards to assess
 
sustainable developments and measure the environmental impact of buildings.
 

Capital allowances deferred tax provision – In accordance with IAS 12, full provision has been made for the deferred tax arising on 
the benefit of capital allowances claimed to date. However, in the group’s experience, the liabilities in respect of capital allowances 
provided are unlikely to crystallise in practice and are therefore excluded when arriving at EPRA NAV. 

Community interest company is a limited company conducting a business or other activity for community benefit, not purely for 
private advantage. The assets and profits are dedicated to community purposes.
 

Compulsory purchase order (CPO) is the compulsory acquisition of land by a planning authority, undertaken in the public interest
 
and with pre­defined timescales and compensation arrangements.
 

CSR — corporate and social responsibility.
 

EPRA is the European Public Real Estate Association – a body that has put forward recommendations for best practice for financial
 
reporting by real estate companies.
 

EPRA net asset value (EPRA NAV) is the balance sheet net assets, excluding fair value adjustments for debt and related
 
derivatives, deferred taxation on revaluation and capital allowances.
 

EPRA net assets per share is EPRA net assets divided by the diluted number of shares at the period end.
 

Estimated rental value (ERV) is the group’s external valuers’ opinion as to the open market rent which, on the date of valuation,
 
could reasonably be expected to be obtained on a new letting or rent review of the property.
 

Equivalent yield is a weighted average of the initial yield and reversionary yield and represents the return a property will produce
 
based on the timing of the income received.
 

Gearing is the level of the group’s bank borrowing (excluding finance leases) expressed as a percentage of net assets.
 

Hopper is the bank of property comprising all of the land under the group’s control, whether wholly owned or through joint
 
ventures or development agreements.
 

IFRS – International financial reporting standards.
 

Initial yield is the annualised net rent expressed as a percentage of the valuation.
 

Interest cover is the number of times group net interest payable is covered by profit before interest and taxation.
 

IPD is the Investment Property Databank Ltd., a company that produces an independent benchmark of property returns.
 

Knock­out options are interest rate swap contracts in which the bank has the right to terminate at a fixed point during the
 
contract.
 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 11

14704

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 115

GLOSSARY OF TERMS 115
 

Market value is an opinion of the best price at which the sale of an interest in the property would complete unconditionally for cash
 
consideration on the date of valuation (as determined by the group’s external valuers).
 

In accordance with usual practice, the group’s external valuers report valuations net, after the deduction of the prospective
 
purchaser’s costs, including stamp duty, agent and legal fees.
 

Marshalling is the process of progressing projects through planning and development.
 

Net rental income is the rental income receivable in the period after payment of ground rents and net property outgoings.
 

Pre­sold projects are those projects where we are constructing buildings that have been specified by, and designed for, or 

adapted by, a specific client under a specific construction contract. On such projects, profit is recognised using the stage
 
completion method.
 

Property profits includes profits made on sales of investment properties, properties held for sale and properties under construction.
 

Rent roll is the gross rent plus rent reviews that have been agreed as at the reporting date.
 

Return on equity – A key performance indicator, measuring profit after tax as a percentage of average equity.
 

Section 106 agreements are legally binding agreements reached with local planning authorities under S106 of the Town and
 
Country Planning Act 1990. They address the impact of proposed developments on the local community and often involve a
 
financial contribution by the developer.
 

Voids is the estimated rental value of vacant properties expressed as a percentage of the total estimated rental value of the
 
portfolio, excluding development properties.
 

Weighted average debt maturity – Each tranche of group debt is multiplied by the remaining period to its maturity and the result
 
is divided by total group debt in issue at the period end.
 

Weighted average interest rate is the group loan interest and derivative costs per annum at the period end, divided by total group
 
debt in issue at the period end.
 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14704STMODWEN FIN:Layout 1 

 13/2/08 

 10:05 

 Page 116

116 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
 

ADVISERS 
Auditors 
Deloitte & Touche LLP 

Registrars 
Equiniti Registrars 

Stockbrokers 
Landsbanki Securities 
(UK) Limited 

REGISTERED OFFICE 
Sir Stanley 
Clarke House 
7 Ridgeway 
Quinton Business Park 
Birmingham, B32 1AF 

Company number 
349201 

Website: 
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

Financial Calendar 
Record date for 2007 final dividend 
Annual General Meeting 
Payment of 2007 final dividend 
Announcement of 2008 interim results 
Payment of 2008 interim ordinary dividend 
Announcement of 2008 final results 

Ordinary Shareholdings at 30th November 2007 

By shareholder 
Directors and connected persons 
Individuals 
Insurance companies, nominees and pension funds 
Other limited companies and corporate bodies 

By shareholding 
Up to 500 
501 to 1,000 
1,001 to 5,000 
5,001 to 10,000 
10,001 to 50,000 
50,001 to 100,000 
100,001 to 500,000 
500,001 to 1,000,000 
1,000,001 and above 

Shareholders 

No. 

% 

31 
3,970 
740 
110 

0.6 
81.8 
15.3 
2.3 

Shareholders 

No. 

% 

1,304 
927 
1,755 
371 
333 
52 
69 
17 
23 

26.9 
19.1 
36.2 
7.6 
6.9 
1.1 
1.4 
0.3 
0.5 

Principal institutional shareholders at 30th November 2007 

ING Investment Management 
Scottish Widows 
Thames River Capital 
Legal & General Investment Management Limited 
M & G Investment Management Limited 
Dimensional Fund Advisers 
Barclays Global Investors Limited 
Henderson Global Investors 
ABP Investments 
AXA Framlington Investment Management Limited 
Brewin Dolphin 
Smith & Williamson 
The Clarke and Leavesley families and trusts together hold 

14704

12/02/2008

Proof 11

14th March 2008 
28th March 2008 
4th April 2008 
July 2008 
September 2008 
February 2009 

Shareholders 

No. 

39.7 
24.2 
54.8 
2.0 

No.m 

0.3 
0.7 
4.0 
2.7 
7.1 
3.8 
14.5 
12.9 
74.7 

No. (m) 
9.7 
5.3 
4.4 
4.0 
2.6 
2.4 
1.9 
1.8 
1.5 
1.4 
1.2 
1.2 
51.4 

Shares 

Shares 

% 

32.9 
20.0 
45.4 
1.7 

% 

0.3 
0.6 
3.4 
2.2 
5.9 
3.2 
12.0 
10.6 
61.8 

% 
8.0 
4.4 
3.7 
3.3 
2.2 
2.0 
1.6 
1.5 
1.3 
1.2 
1.0 
1.0 
42.5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
�

LITTLECOMBE VILLAGE, DURSLEY
THE COMPANY’S FIRST TRUE URBAN VILLAGE 
DEVELOPMENT. IN PARTNERSHIP WITH SWERDA, 
MORE THAN HALF THE SITE HAS BEEN REMEDIATED, 
WITH THE FIRST PHASE OF INFRASTRUCTURE AND 
EMPLOYMENT SPACE UNDER CONSTRUCTION. THE 
RIVER CAM HAS BEEN OPENED UP, AND RESIDENTIAL 
DEVELOPMENT WILL COMMENCE IN 2008

TRENTHAM � 

 ONE OF CHARLES BARRY’S ITALIANATE 
PAVILIONS AND HIS BALUSTRADE, FAITHFULLY 
RESTORED AS PART OF THE TRENTHAM 
GARDENS PROJECT 

14704 

11/02/08 

Proof 8

14704 

11/02/08 

Proof 8

THE UK’S LEADING
REGENERATION SPECIALIST

S
T
.

M
O
D
W
E
N
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
I
E
S
P
L
C

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
0
7

ST. MODWEN PROPERTIES PLC 
HEAD OFFICE & MIDLANDS REGIONAL OFFICE 
Sir Stanley Clarke House 
7 Ridgeway 
Quinton Business Park 
Birmingham 
B32 1AF 

T: 0121 222 9400 F: 0121 222 9401 
W: stmodwen.co.uk E: info@stmodwen.co.uk 

REGIONAL OFFICES 
LONDON & SOUTH EAST 
16 Berkeley Street 
London 
W1J 8DZ 

T: 020 7499 5666 

SOUTH WEST 
King’s Western Lane 
Avonmouth 
Bristol 
BS11 8AZ 

T: 0117 316 7780 

YORKSHIRE 
Ground Floor, Unit 2 
Landmark Court 
Elland Road 
Leeds 
LS11 8JT 

T: 0113 272 7070 

NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE 
Island Reach 
Festival Way 
Stoke-on-Trent 
ST1 5SW 

T: 01782 281844 

NORTH WEST 
Chepstow House 
Trident Business Park 
Daten Avenue 
Risley 
Warrington 
WA3 6BX 

T: 01925 825950 

NORTHERN HOME COUNTIES 
First Floor, Unit E1 
The Courtyard 
Alban Park 
Hatfi eld Road 
St Albans 
Hertfordshire 
AL4 0LA 

T: 01727 732690 

14704 

04/02/08 

Proof 6

14704 

04/02/08 

Proof 6

ST. MODWEN PROPERTIES PLC
ANNUAL REPORT 2007